Manual Service DMR Sonographe Ge PDF

Technical
Publications
2252561-100
Revision 1
Senographe DMR +
asm
Advanced Service Manual
do not duplicate
Advanced Service Documentation

Property of GE
For GE Service Personnel Only
No Rights Licensed Do not Use or Copy
Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
CopyrightE 1999, 2000 by General Electric Co.

ATTENTION
LES APPAREILS RAYONS X SONT DANGEREUX LA FOIS POUR LE PATIENT ET POUR LE MANIPULATEUR
SI LES MESURES DE PROTECTION NE SONT PAS STRICTEMENT APPLIQUEES
Bien que cet appareil soit construit selon les normes de scurit les plus svres, la source de rayonnement X reprsente un danger
lorsque le manipulateur est non qualifi ou non averti. Une exposition excessive au rayonnement X entrane des dommages lorganisme.
Par consquent, toutes les prcautions doivent tre prises pour viter que les personnes non autorises ou non qualifies utilisent cet
appareil crant ainsi un danger pour les autres et pour ellesmmes.
Avant chaque manipulation, les personnes qualifies et autorises se servir de cet appareil doivent se renseigner sur les mesures de
protection tablies par la Commission Internationale de la Protection Radiologique, Annales 26 : Recommandations de la Commission
Internationale sur la Protection Radiologique et les normes nationales en vigueur.
WARNING
XRAY EQUIPMENT IS DANGEROUS TO BOTH PATIENT AND OPERATOR
UNLESS MEASURES OF PROTECTION ARE STRICTLY OBSERVED
Though this equipment is built to the highest standards of electrical and mechanical safety, the useful xray beam becomes a source of
danger in the hands of the unauthorized or unqualified operator. Excessive exposure to xradiation causes damage to human tissue.
Therefore, adequate precautions must be taken to prevent unauthorized or unqualified persons from operating this equipment or exposing
themselves or others to its radiation.
Before operation, persons qualified and authorized to operate this equipment should be familiar with the Recommendations of the Interna-
tional Commission on Radiological Protection, contained in Annals Number 26 of the ICRP, and with applicable national standards.
ATENCION
LOS APARATOS DE RAYOS X SON PELIGROSOS PARA EL PACIENTE Y EL MANIPULADOR
CUANDO LAS NORMAS DE PROTECCION NO ESTAN OBSERVADAS
Aunque este aparato est construido segn las normas de seguridad ms estrictas, la radiacin X constituye un peligro al ser manipulado
por personas no autorizadas o incompetentes. Una exposicin excesiva a la radiacin X puede causar daos al organismo.
Por consiguiente, se debern tomar todas las precauciones necesarias para evitar que las personas incompetentes o no autorizadas
utilicen este aparato, lo que sera un peligro para los dems y para s mismas.
Antes de efectuar las manipulaciones, las personas habilitadas y competentes en el uso de este aparato, debern informarse sobre las
normas de proteccin fijadas por la Comisin Internacional de la Proteccin Radiolgica, Anales No 26: Recomendacines de la Comi-
sin Internacional sobre la Proteccin Radiolgica y normas nacionales.
ACHTUNG
RNTGENAPPARATE SIND EINE GEFAHR FR PATIENTEN SOWIE BEDIENUNGSPERSONAL,
WENN DIE GELTENDEN SICHERHEITSVORKEHRUNGEN NICHT GENAU BEACHTET WERDEN
Dieser Apparat entspricht in seiner Bauweise strengsten elektrischen und mechanischen Sichereitsnormen, doch in den Hnden unbe-
fugter oder unqualifizierter Personen wird er zu einer Gefahrenquelle. bermige Rntgenbestrahlung ist fr den menschlichen Orga-
nismus schdlich.
Deswegen sind hinreichende Vorsichtsmanahmen erforderlich, um zu verhindern, daunbefugte oder unqualifizierte Personen solche
Gerte bedienen oder sich selbst und andere Personen deren Bestrahlung aussetzen knnen.
Vor Inbetriebnahme dieses Apparats sollte sich das qualifizierte und befugte Bedienungspersonal mit den geltenden Kriterien fr den ge-
fahrlosen Strahleneinsatz durch sorgfltiges Studium des Hefts Nr. 26 der Internationalen Kommission fr Strahlenschutz (ICRP) vertraut
machen: Empfehlungen der Internationalen Kommission fr Strahlenschutz und anderer nationaler Normenbehrden.
GE Medical Systems Senographe DMR +
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SECTION 1 MAINTENANCE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
11 Mammocom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
12 Signal Lists/Glossaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
13 Module Disassembly/Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
14 Error codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
15 Troubleshooting Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
16 Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SECTION 2 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
21 Powerup problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
22 Problems generating error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
221 Function of selftest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
222 Screen facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
23 CPU board and interface problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
231 CPU board diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
232 Error codes generated by Generator CPU board 400PL3 and
Generator Interface board 400PL2 together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
233 Error codes generated by Gantry CPU board 800PL3 and
Gantry Interface board 800PL2 together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SECTION 3 USE OF THE BLOCK DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SECTION 4 SENOGRAPHE DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
CHAPTER 2 MAMMOCOM COMMUNICATION SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

SECTION 1 PURPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SECTION 2 MAMMOCOM FLOPPY DISK CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
21 Floppy Disk Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SECTION 3 INSTALLATION ON HARD DISK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SECTION 4 GENERAL USER INTERFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
41 Menu Screen Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
42 Line Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
SECTION 5 TREE STRUCTURE OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
SECTION 6 TERMINAL EMULATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
61 Accessing the Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
i
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)
CHAPTER TITLE PAGE
62 User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
63 Connection Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
64 Communications Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
65 Emulator Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
SECTION 7 COMMUNICATIONS PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
71 Accessing the Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
72 Modifying the Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
721 Baud Rate Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
722 Com_port Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
723 Parity Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
724 Length Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
725 Stop Bit Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
726 Save Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
SECTION 8 FILE TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
81 Preparing the Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
82 Type of Files Transferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
821 Coded Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
822 ASCII Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
83 FILE NAME Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
84 DIRECTORY and SUFFIX Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
85 TRANSMIT Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
86 RECEIVE Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
87 Display Window in Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
SECTION 9 SAVING THE EMULATOR SCREEN ON A FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
91 Accessing the Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
92 FILE NAME Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
93 DIRECTORY and SUFFIX Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
94 Save Screen Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
941 Terminal Emulator Option not Selected Beforehand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
942 File Selected to Save Screen does not Exist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
943 Selected File Exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
SECTION 10 ACCESS TO DOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
SECTION 11 CLEARING THE EMULATOR SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
SECTION 12 SAVING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
ii
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CHAPTER TITLE PAGE
CHAPTER 3 DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SECTION 1 DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY JOB CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
JOB CARD DR 001 SID SENSOR BOARD 800PL7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
JOB CARD DR 002 PADDLE BOARD 800PL8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
JOB CARD DR 003 MAGNIFICATION SENSOR BOARD 800PL14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
JOB CARD DR 004 INTERARM TILT SENSOR BOARD 800PL15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
JOB CARD DR 005 BOARD CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
JOB CARD DR 006 PHOTOMULTIPLIER CELL & PHOTOMULTIPLIER TUBE . . . . . . 321
JOB CARD DR 007 COLLIMATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
JOB CARD DR 008 COMPRESSION MOTOR AND BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
JOB CARD DR 009 GANTRY CPU BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
JOB CARD DR 010 OPTICAL FIBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
JOB CARD DR 011 XRAY TUBE HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
JOB CARD DR 012 LAMP OF LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
JOB CARD DR 013 MIRROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
JOB CARD DR 015 FILTER WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
JOB CARD DR 016 GAS SPRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
JOB CARD DR 017 GANTRY ARM AND TUBE HOUSING SPACER COVERS . . . . . . 351
JOB CARD DR 018 GANTRY COLUMN COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
JOB CARD DR 019 DATA BACKUP (SAVE OR LOAD), GENERATOR/
GANTRY STATISTICS AND ERROR CODES BACKUP . . . . . . . . 359
JOB CARD DR 021 GENERATOR CPU BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
JOB CARD DR 022 INVERTER FILTERING CAPACITORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
JOB CARD DR 023 INVERTER THYRISTORS/DIODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
JOB CARD DR 024 GENERATOR COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
JOB CARD DR 025 HV AND KV/MA TANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
JOB CARD DR 026 MAGNIFICATION DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
JOB CARD DR 027 ARM ANGLE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
iii
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CHAPTER TITLE PAGE
CHAPTER 4 ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

SECTION 1 ERROR CODE STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SECTION 2 ERROR CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
SECTION 3 ERROR CODES: KNOWN ROOT CAUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

SECTION 1 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE JOB CARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
JOB CARD TSG 001 GENERATOR POWER UP SEQUENCE TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
JOB CARD TSG 002 PHOTO CELL TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . 55
JOB CARD TSG 003 HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
JOB CARD TSG 004 HV TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
JOB CARD TSG 005 ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . 511
JOB CARD TSG 006 BIAS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
JOB CARD TSG 007 TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
JOB CARD TSG 008 TELESCOPIC COLUMN TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . 517
JOB CARD TSG 009 LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
JOB CARD TSG 010 COMPRESSION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . 521
JOB CARD TSG 011 REAR, LATERAL AND FRONT COLLIMATOR TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
JOB CARD TSG 012 FILTER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
JOB CARD TSG 013 ARM ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . 527
JOB CARD TSG 014 GRID MOVEMENT TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
JOB CARD TSG 015 INTERARM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
JOB CARD TSG 016 GANTRY SENSOR STATUS TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
JOB CARD TSG 017 ARM SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS . . . . . . . . . . . 541
JOB CARD TSG 018 XRAY TUBE MA MEASUREMENT TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . 543
JOB CARD TSG 019 GENERATOR INTERFACE INPUT TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . 545
JOB CARD TSG 020 CONSOLE TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
JOB CARD TSG 021 FLOATING POINT CALCULATION ERROR 068/022 . . . . . . . . . . . 551
CHAPTER 6 BLOCK DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6I
iv
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

WARNING D IF A CUSTOMERS SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN
ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION
SERVICES.
D DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE
MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
D FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK, MECHANICAL
OR OTHER HAZARDS.
D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.

AVERTISSEMENT D SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE
LANGUE QUE LANGLAIS, CEST AU CLIENT QUIL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE
TRADUIRE.
D NE PAS TENTER DINTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE
MANUEL SERVICE NA PAS T CONSULT ET COMPRIS.
D LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRANER CHEZ LE
TECHNICIEN, LOPRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES DES
DANGERS LECTRIQUES, MCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
D DIESES KUNDENDIENSTHANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN

ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.
WARNUNG
D FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENTIGT, IST
ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE BERSETZUNG ZU
SORGEN.
D VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
KUNDENDIENSTHANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN
WURDE.
D WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN
DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN
DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN
KOMMEN.
D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SLO EXISTE EN INGLS.

AVISO D SI ALGN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIN.
D NO SE DEBER DAR SERVICIO TCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y
COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
D LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES
PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELCTRICAS, MECNICAS O DE OTRA
NATURALEZA.
v
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
D ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA S SE ENCONTRA

DISPONVEL EM INGLS.
ATENO
D SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIO DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA, QUE NO A GEMS,
SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO
CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIOS DE TRADUO.
D NO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA.
D O NO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANA DO
TCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELTRICOS,
MECNICOS OU OUTROS.
D IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE

SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
AVVERTENZA
D SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
D SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELLAPPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER
CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
D NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALLADDETTO ALLA
MANUTENZIONE, ALLUTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE
ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.
vi
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
REVISION HISTORY
REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE
0 September 2, 1999 Initial release for DMR+.

1 February 3, 2000 Program Marble (DMR+ M5) SPR BUCge49917
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
PAGE REVISION PAGE REVISION PAGE REVISION

NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER
Title page 1
Safety Instruction
i thru viii 1
11 thru 18 1
21 thru 224 1
31 thru 386 1
41 thru 420 1
51 thru 590 1
6i thru 6ii 1
61 thru 630 1
NUMBER FORMAT REVISION

2252561-100TPH A4 1
vii
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
viii
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION
SECTION 1
MAINTENANCE TOOLS
11 Mammocom
Diagnostic assistance is provided by many maintenance tests, accessible from a service

terminal connected to generator interface board 400PL2, and using communication software
known as Mammocom. The use of this software is described in Chapter 2.
The diagnostic tests are accessed through a set of menus, called up on the screen of the service
terminal as required. These menus are linked in a tree structure. Refer to Illustrations 11 to
14 for an overview of this structure. Illustrations 11 and 12 refer to Generator
maintenance; Illustrations 13 and 14 refer to Gantry maintenance.
12 Module Disassembly/Reassembly
A set of job cards giving instructions for module disassembly/reassembly is provided in

Chapter 3.
13 Error codes
Error codes are given on the DMR console when the system detects any anomaly in operation.
Chapter 4 describes and lists these codes (in their technical code format). For each code it
gives the meaning and, where relevant, recommends which of the Troubleshooting guides
(Chapter 5) should be consulted first to trace the error.
14 Troubleshooting Guides
A set of Troubleshooting Guides (TSG) is provided in Chapter 5. These give recommended

procedures for tracing and correcting faults.
15 Block Diagrams
Block Diagrams for the various parts of the system are provided in Chapter 6.
11
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
21 Power-up problems
The full DMR power-up is defined as being the status corresponding to the correct generation
of two signals :

and INV_SUPPLY_OK, i.e:
D Level 1 on TP27 on board 400PL2 (

and.
D Level 1 on TP25 on board 400PL2 (
(see Diagram 1 in A2).
The service terminal cannot be used for diagnostic assistance until the Senographe DMR is in
the state defined above.
The various stages of the power-up are shown (along the time axis) in the diagram on
page 3/11 of TSG01.
22 Problems generating error messages
221 Function of self-test
For most of the tests concerning the generator, the test line is in either the active or
inactive state. The next line, Self-test, is in either the Yes or No state.
1. Configuration

If the responses received by the CPU are not as expected, the CPU board immediately
cancels all commands passed to the hardware, even if the user maintains the test
command (1st or 2nd).
2. Configuration

The CPU maintains the commands passed to the hardware for as long as the test is still
activated by the user, even if the responses received by the CPU are not as expected. This
enables significant values to be measured on the hardware.
222 Screen facilities
For the HT function, hardware values can be measured using two sub-tests : The SCR gate
drive test and short circuit inverter test.
Other screens display the static status of certain signals (TSG 016 and TSG 019).
23 CPU board and interface problems
Boards concerned :
D Generator : 400PL3 and 400PL2,
D Gantry : 800PL3 and 800PL2.
When a Trouble Shooting Guide is used to identify and replace defective boards, the resulting
replacement will very rarely concern the two CPU boards. This is due to the simple fact that, if
the system is generating error codes and activating various tests, then the CPU boards are
probably serviceable.
12
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INTRODUCTION
231 CPU board diagnostic
The two CPU boards (400PL3 and 800PL3) execute, independently, identical internal tests, at
each system power-up. When the ON button is pressed, there is a delay of around 2.5s before
LED DS1 TEST OK lights up and remains on, if the internal test results are correct.
If LED DS1 does not light up, replace the CPU boards (the two CPU boards only use the +5V).
Note: The internal tests do not check bus G64.
232 Error codes generated by Generator CPU board 400PL3 and Generator Interface board 400PL2 together
After the internal tests mentioned above have been successfully executed, Generator CPU
board 400PL3 runs the INTERFACE GENE test. An incorrect result for this test generates
error codes between 004/001 and 004/018 and, if this is the case, it is recommended that the
Generator CPU board 400PL3 and the Interface board 400PL2 both be changed.
233 Error codes generated by Gantry CPU board 800PL3 and Gantry Interface board 800PL2 together
Gantry CPU board 800PL3 runs a test similar to that mentioned in 2-3-2, above. An incorrect
result for this test generates error codes between 101/001 and 101/008 and, if this is the case, it
is recommended that the Gantry CPU board 800PL3 and the Interface board 800PL2 both be
changed.
Note: Error codes between 101/001 and 101/008 cannot be displayed if the serial line (two
optical fiber cables) is not operating, between the two CPUs.
The internal tests mentioned in 2-3-1, above, test all the serial links by looping back to the
CPUs. However, this looping back does not include the optical link circuits on interface
boards 400PL2 and 800PL2.
SECTION 3
USE OF THE BLOCK DIAGRAMS
On a test screen, when a software command line or a status line passes through an interface
board (400PL2 or 800PL2), the hardware point is shown, next to the bus data, on the
corresponding block diagram. The TSGs also give the logic level relationships. To locate
corresponding signals on the block diagrams and the drawings, the signals shown on the block
diagram must be found in the alphabetically sorted list given in the s.m. The FROM and
TO columns specify the drawing pages to be consulted.
SECTION 4
SENOGRAPHE DRAWINGS
The Senographe drawings were produced using MENTOR software, which also draws the
printed circuit layouts. Thus, the drawings contain quite a lot of information not required by
the maintenance function. For example, in the 400PL1 drawing, pages 5, 7, 12, 16, 21 and 26
are of no use whatsoever to maintenance.
The rule is that points at the same electrical equipotential must be given strictly identical
names. A signal which is inverted twice must not be given its initial name as it is no longer the
same electrical point.
The sign used in the drawings indicates that one electrical point has two different
name, and DOES NOT correspond to a physical strap.
13
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INTRODUCTION
Blank page.
14
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 11
GENERATOR MAINTENANCE MENU TREE STRUCTURE
INTRODUCTION
!963 4,, +34-6'5.+ 004
433+)8 7+6:/)+ 8+62/3'1 84
$ 551/)'8/43 24*+ 6+77 +1+)8'62-+3+/378'11
34; ':'/1'(1+ ,642 43 7+6:/)+
!963 43 +34-6'5.+ '3* 7+6:/)+ 8+62/= 7+6:/)+ 8+62/3'1 8+62/3'1

3'1
4'* )42293/)'8/437 74,8;'6+
001
+1+)8 !+62/3'1 291'846 -+374,8:+67/436+1+'7+*'8+
6+77 43 7+6:/)+ 8+62/3'1

272
!"

275
273 ! ! *'8+8/2+
! ! !! *'8+8/2+

276
!! ! " 315 290

!" !"

274
277 278 "!
!!!!# !!

++ ++
351 356 /119786'8/43 /119786'8/43
279
#!! ##!
!! ! !

VALID
282
"!
284
!! ! !:'19+
295
281
!!
! ! 294
283
!

$ ""!

361 362
! # !
!! 310 311
ABORT ABORT
HISTOG AOP AEC % "!
PAGE- PAGE+ ERR- ERR+ HOME END
! !
HISTOG AOP AEC 313 314
!
! ! VALID
AOP AEC
#& !%!86')08<5+
Mo Rh KV- KV+ MAS- MAS+
15
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 12 975
GENERATOR MAINTENANCE MENU TREE STRUCTURE (CONTINUED) 244<:;9*;276

INTRODUCTION
315 290
% & % &
ROTOR HEAT BIAS HV mA_mes 1>2 SYNCHRO PM INTG CODES TRANS 2>1
$..
244<:;9*;276
7+ *9- %$ 289
55.*:<9. %%$%5.*:=*4<.
7+ *9- %$ 291 7+ *9- %$ 293

#$( %%$% ) %# "&%%$%
AUTOTEST
7+ *9- %$ 285

308
#!%!# % %$% -2:84*?
#$( $%$%
RPM AUTOTEST
YES NO
7+ *9- %$

286 7+ *9- %$ 287 7+ *9- %$ 292
%# % %$% $ % %$% "!# %%$%
296
TRACK REF BOOST AUTOTEST VOL.TAGE AUTOTEST REF ON OFF AUTOTEST
#!%!#$"=*4<.
6000 9000
300 309 312
297 302 303
%#!!$% ")''&=74;=*4<. "!#&%!%$%
#!%!#&%!%$% $'!% $&%!%$%
YES NO NEXT VALID YES NO
YES NO NEXT VALID YES NO
301

;7 '
298 %#&%!%$% 7+ *9- %$ 288
%#$%! YES NO '#%# %%$%
1 2 SHORT GATES HV
299
NOTE: HEATER AUTOTEST CANNOT 306
%### 9./=*4<. BE ACTIVATED IF HEATER REF>5.3A. '!%%$%9./=*4<.
NEXT VALID
REF

;7 307

;7
2/ &%!%$%($
'=*4<.9./=*4<.
304 305
$!#%# '#%#%$% $#:%#'%$% NEXT VALID
;7 603'
CAUTION
CAUTION CAUTION
7 67; :.4.,; 09.*;.9 ;1*6
3' /79 ;1. /29:; ;.:; .>.,<;276
#.*- 7+ *9- %$ ,*9./<44? +./79. 8.9/795260 ;1.:. ;.:;:
16
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 13
GANTRY MAINTENANCE MENU TREE STRUCTURE
INTRODUCTION
Turn off Senographe DMR; 004
Connect service terminal to 400PL2 XJ4; Application mode Press F9 Select arm/gene install
now available from on service
Turn on Senographe DMR and service termi service terminal. terminal.

nal;
Load communications software;
005
Select "Terminal Emulator"; ARM INSTALLATION
Press F10 on service terminal.

5001
GEMS-E (sta soft version) STA (release date)

5002
GEMS-E (sta soft version) STA (release date)

5400
GANTRY MAINTENANCE (date) (time) NOT USED

5420
ARM DATA TRANSFER 5399 5398
See BUTTONS/DETECTORS STATUS BUTTONS/DETECTORS STATUS
illustration
1-4
5421 5422
ARM DATA SAVE ARM DATA LOAD
Display of:
ABORT ABORT Detectors, Light, Display of:
Arm Rotation, Lock Column,
5402 Compression, Collim,
Filter, Housing
GANTRY ERROR CODES

5403 5404
GANTRY ERROR CODE DISPLAY ERROR CODES FUNCTIONS
Page- Page+ Err- Err+ Home End
5405 5409
CLEAR ERROR CODES? ERROR CODES TRANSFER
VALID
17
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 14
GANTRY MAINTENANCE MENU TREE STRUCTURE (CONTINUED)
642
0119786(8043
INTRODUCTION

5400
$"'$+(8,802,

#,,
0119786(8043

5500 5510
$"'$,39 $"'$,39

4) (6+ $# 7003

$$"$#$
CMD
4) (6+ $# 6000
4) (6+ $# 6002
!"## $
$ "$
4) (6+ $# 7015
4) (6+ $#
7014
"" $$ $#$ $"'## "##$$%#
4) (6+ $# 7002
MVT SOFT 4) (6+ $# 6003
$# %$#$
%#%$ $ 4) (6+ $# 7114
$4/42,54708043 MVT SOFT PWR+ PWR- Z_POS
"$:$&&&&&
CALIB CENTER MVT1 STOP MVT2 ExTIME
4) (6+ $# 7011 6021 ;*1,84+,-(91854708043

" $#$ $" $ "$
7004
7000 MVT SOFT %#%$ $#$
!"## $#$
CURRENT PHAS1 PHAS2 ANGLE+ ANGLE-
MVT POWER SOFT SP+ SP-
4) (6+ $# 6004
;*1,84+,-(91854708043
$"$
7006
7001 $" $ "$#$
6022
!"## $#$ CURRENT PHAS1 PHAS2 OPEN CLOSE " $$
CUR+ CUR- Z_POS Z_BUT #03.1,648(8043
6020
"" $ "$ 7009
$"$#$
;*1,84+,-(91854708043 CURRENT PHAS1 PHAS2 ROT+ ROT-
;*1,84+,-(91854708043
7007
7005 " $$#$
"" $ "$#$ CURRENT PHAS1 PHAS2 OPEN CLOSE
CURRENT PHAS1 PHAS2 OPEN CLOSE
18
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CHAPTER 2 MAMMOCOM COMMUNICATION SOFTWARE
SECTION 1
PURPOSE OF THE SOFTWARE
The MAMMOCOM Communication Software provides the connection from the Senographe
DMR to a PC (laptop)* to access GEMS-reserved maintenance tests.
MAMMOCOM
The software is composed of several operating modules:
D ANSIcompatible VT200 terminal emulator (restricted).
D Online Help on the various Senographe menus.
D File transfer modules between the Senographe and the PC.
Note: The terminal emulator menu (and this menu only) can also be used on the Senix (set
transmission speed to 1200 bauds).
Note: MAMMOCOM can also be run under Windows, inside a DOS window (using full screen
or not). In this case the creation of a PIF file is recommended; see your Windows
documentation.
* Any 8088, 8086, 80286 or 80386 microprocessorbased computer operating under
MSDOS (Version 2.1 or higher)
SECTION 2
MAMMOCOM FLOPPY DISK CONTENTS
CAUTION The content of the MAMMOCOM floppy disk is classified as PROPRIETARY.

The disk may be duplicated for the purpose of a backup using the Disk Copy
command of MSDOS, or installed on the hard disk (INSTALL). The
MAMMOCOM Software is protected against breach of the copyright law.
21 Floppy Disk Contents
D INSTALL.EXE: A:INSTALL.EXE)
Installation software: Allow to copy the MAMMOCOM floppy disk on a hard drive
or on another floppy disk:
Select drive and directory to access INSTALL.
Enter INSTALL <ENTER>.
Give target drive and directory where you want to install MAMMOCOM.
D README.DOC: (A:INSTALLREADME.DOC)
Text file to explain the content of the floppy disk.
D STAV.EXE: (A:INSTALLSTAV.EXE)
MAMMOCOM Software: Terminal Emulator for Senographe DMR/SMR/DM. Last
release is V1.16 dated March 26, 1996; file size = 98 KB.
21
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
D STAV.DAT: (A:INSTALLSTAV.DAT)
Configuration of the executable file: STAV.EXE
User defined, default communication parameters, file directory and extension (for file
transmission utilities).
Do not try to display this file as it is a binary file.
SECTION 3
INSTALLATION ON HARD DISK
MAMMOCOM
Note: For the example the environment used is under MSDOS.

Proceed as follows:
1. Switch on laptop.
2. Wait for the autoboot with the prompt : C:\>
3. Insert MAMMOCOM floppy disk.
4. Enter A: and hit <ENTER>.
5. Enter INSTALL and hit <ENTER>.
6. Accept or change the Installation Directory displayed (default is C:\MAMMOCOM).
ILLUSTRATION 21
CLEAR EMULATOR SCREEN SELECTION
GEMS INSTALL MONTH DAY, YEAR
Choose Directory
Directory Name
C:\MAMMOCOM
Enter : Select CtrlE : Exit z !
7. Hit <RETURN>
INSTALL copies the files and automatically creates the required subdirectories.
8. Reselect the drive C, enter C: (A: \ > C:)
and hit <ENTER>.
22
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
9. Select MAMMOCOM, enter cd MAMMOCOM (C:\ > cd MAMMOCOM)

and hit <ENTER>.
10. Execute the MAMMOCOM application, enter STAV (C:\MAMMOCOM>STAV)
and hit <ENTER>.
11. Then proceed to section 4.
Note: Once the application has be done on your laptop, and in order to have access to the
MAMMOCOM application, execute the steps 9 to 11.
MAMMOCOM
23
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 4
GENERAL USER INTERFACE
The various software functions are accessed via standard menus. The screen menus,
therefore, are all similar. Only the function screens differ depending on the function to be
made.
41 Menu Screen Structure

MAMMOCOM
The screen is composed of three fields:

D Screen title (for Main Menus only).
D Selection box.
D Prompt messages.
ILLUSTRATION 22
MAIN MENU
Copyright GEMS :Seno Service Terminal Software

Release : V1.16 March 26, 1996
M A M M O C O M GEMS
Terminal emulator
Change com. parameters
File transmission
Save emulator screen
DOS shell
Clear emulator screen
Enter : Select CtrlE : Exit AltH : Help "#
Note: TAV = Service Terminal (French: Terminal AprsVente).
The Selection Box displays the accessible submenus. The Up/Down cursor keys are used to
scan different options which are displayed one after the other in video reverse.
To select an option, hit <Enter>. To return to the previous menu, hit <Alt><M>. To exit the
MAMMOCOM Program (from the Main Menu), hit <CTRL><E>.
For most of the menus, hit <Alt><M> to get a current screen Help, describing the various
options offered.
The use of each function key is given on the message line at the foot of the screen.
24
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
42 Line Editor
With the arrow keys select File transmission then <ENTER>.

Select File name then <ENTER>.
ILLUSTRATION 23
FILE NAME IN THE TRANSMISSION MENUS
MAMMOCOM
Change Name
File
Name
PARAM
Enter : Select ALTM : Prev menu < >
This editor displays a box containing a title (the name of the parameter to be modified) and a
value (default or previously selected) of the parameter being considered.
Data entry is always made in Insertion Mode, ie, each character entered takes the place of the
character previously located at the cursor.
The acknowledged function keys are:
D BACKSPACE: deletes the character located immediately to the left.
D RIGHT ARROW or LEFT ARROW: moves the cursor.
D ENTER: returns to previous menu by confirming the character chain entered.
D ALTM: returns to previous menu by restoring the character chain found at the start.
25
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 5
TREE STRUCTURE OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
ILLUSTRATION 24
TREE STRUCTURE OF AVAILABLE FUNCTIONS
MENU PRINCIPAL
MAMMOCOM
TERMINAL CHANGE FILE SAVE DOS CLEAR

EMULATOR EMULATOR EMULATOR
COMUNICATION TRANSMISSION SHELL SCREEN
PARAMETERS SCREEN
FILE FILE DIRECTORY SUFFIX

NAME DIRECTORY SUFFIX TRANSMIT RECEIVE SAVE NAME NAME
NAME SCREEN
EDIT ASCII CODED EDIT
DIRECTORY SUFFIX SAVE DIRECTORY SUFFIX SAVE
EDIT EDIT EDIT EDIT
BAUD COM PARTY LENGTH STOP SAVE

RATE PORT BITS
9600 COM 1 EVEN 07 01
4800 COM 2 ODD 08 02
2400 NONE
1200
600
300
150
110
Underlined functions are those functions which start operating immediately when selected.
26
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 6
TERMINAL EMULATION
This option is used to emulate an ANSI ASCII terminal, VT200. The Senographe DMR has a
serial connection to which this type of terminal can be connected to simulate the console and
access the Maintenance Menus.
61 Accessing the Function
MAMMOCOM
From the Main Menu, select: Terminal Emulator, then <ENTER>
ILLUSTRATION 25
TERMINAL EMULATION SELECTION

Terminal emulator
File transmission
DOS shell
The terminal function starts immediately following selection, and the Main Menu screen is
replaced by the Terminal screen.
62 User Interface
Once the function is entered, the connection is initialized with the communications
parameters by default or selected in the Change Com. Parameters Menu.
27
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
At the first entry, the Terminal screen is erased and the TERMINAL EMULATOR message
appears.
ILLUSTRATION 26
TERMINAL EMULATOR MESSAGE
MAMMOCOM
TERMINAL EMULATOR
CTRLD : Disconnect F 10 : Connect AltM : Main menu
The cursor appears in the top lefthand corner of the screen.

A VT200 terminal displays 24 lines of 80 characters. The PC has a screen of 25 lines. Line
25 displays a prompt message for the main access functions to the Senographe:
D F10:
This key is used to connect to the Senographe DMR and Senographe 600T Senix HF (the
communications parameters should be modified for the latter).
Note: Connection to the Senographe DMR can be made via this software only, as no other
terminal emulator is recognized by the Senographe.
D CTRLD:
Used to disconnect the two Senographe units.
D AltM:
Used to return to the Main Menu of the MAMMOCOM software without breaking the
connection. This means that a later selection of the terminal emulator returns the screen
displayed before AltM was hit, and dialog with the Senographe can take up where it left
off. This function is necessary to return to the Help Menus or to transfer files.
The seven PC keys, F1 thru F6 and F9, simulate the seven keys surrounding the DMR console
readouts and give access to all the menus (Medical, Installation, and Maintenance).
28
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
63 Connection Hardware
The PC/Senographe connection is made via an RS232 serial connection supported by a DB9
connector installed on the Generator Interface Board located in the Generator Cabinet.
64 Communications Protocol
This is a character protocol which involves the transmission of ASCII characters in full duplex
with data flow control (XON/OFF Protocol).
MAMMOCOM
The default parameters are:
D Baud rate: 9600
D comport: Com 1
D Parity: Even
D Length: 07
D Stop bits: 01
These parameters correspond to the connection with the Senographe DMR, but they can be
modified for the connection with another machine (eg: 1200 bauds for Senix HF).
65 Emulator Restrictions
This software is created specially to be used with the Senographe DMR and Senix HF.
Therefore, this software emulates only those functions required for such use. The result is a
compromise between the speed of the reply (loading and run time) and the level of
compatibility required.
The only function keys recognized are:
D Function keys used by the Senographe,
D Cursor keys,
D Four keys: Insertion, Backspace, Prev Screen, and Next Screen.
The emulator does not recognize display commands in large characters, semigraphic, or
underlined (due to the CGA LCD boards of the PC).
Most of the cursorpositioning commands as well as publishing commands are available. The
scrolling area is programmable. The cursor position and the usual character attributes can be
stored and restored.
This softwares performance is closer to a terminal than the standard ANSI.SYS file.
29
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 7
COMMUNICATIONS PARAMETERS
This menu is used to modify the communications parameters of the serial connection between
the PC and the Senographe. The new values can be backed up in order to find them by default
in future uses of the MAMMOCOM Software.
71 Accessing the Menu

MAMMOCOM
From the Main Menu, select: Change Com. Parameters.

ILLUSTRATION 27
CHANGE COM. PARAMETERS SELECTION

Terminal emulator
File transmission
DOS shell
The software displays the main parameter change screen.
210
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 28
MAIN PARAMETER CHANGE SCREEN
MAMMOCOM
COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS
Baud rate : 9600
Comport : Com1
Parity : Even
Length : 07
Stop bits : 01
Save
Enter : Select AltH : Help AltM : main menu "#
72 Modifying the Parameters
721 Baud Rate Menu

This menu offers the following transmission speeds:
9600, 4800, 2400, 1200, 600, 300, 150, and 110.
To change the baud rate, select the desired rate and hit <ENTER>. If no change is required, hit
<Alt><M> to return to the Main Menu.
722 Com_port Menu

Selection is possible between serial ports COM 1 and COM 2.
723 Parity Menu

This menu offers the following parity bits:
Even, Odd, None.
724 Length Menu

This menu is used to select the number of data bits per character. Either seven of eight data bits
are selected.
725 Stop Bit Menu
This menu is used to select the number of stop bits at the end of a character. The selection is
made between one and two bits.
211
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
726 Save Function
This option is used to save the communications parameters selected in order to find them as
default values in future use of the MAMMOCOM Software. The save is made by default
when the option is selected.
The file created is: STAV.DAT.
SECTION 8
MAMMOCOM
FILE TRANSMISSION
This menu is used to transfer DMR files to the PC, and viceversa.
Two types of file are concerned:
D Text files in any format.
D Encoded files with the Motorola Exormacs protocol.
81 Preparing the Transfer
The system must be in emulation to make a file transfer. The file transfer runs as follows:
1. To link up with the DMR, place the terminal in emulation, as follows: at MAMMOCOM
startup, select the Terminal Emulator and connect to the Senographe by pressing F10.
2. Run the menu tree structure on the DMR until the Transfer Menu is reached.
The possibilities are as follows:
Arm error codes transfer: @<5409>
Arm data save: @<5421>
Arm data load: @<5422>
Gene error codes transfer: @<0314>
Gene data save: @<0361>
Gene data load: @<0362>
Gene statistics transfer: @<0278>
Where @<xxxxx> is the Maintenance screen Number, refer to the tree structures in
Chapter 1.
3. In emulation, line No. 25 gives the following commands:
CtrlD: Disconnect F10: Connect AltM: Main Menu
4. Hit <Alt><M> to access the Main Menu without disconnecting from the Senographe.
5. Select: File Transmission.
212
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 29
FILE TRANSMISSION SELECTION

MAMMOCOM
Terminal emulator
File transmission
DOS shell
This selection displays the File Transmission Menu (below) in which PARAM is the file name
by default if no other default name was saved beforehand.
213
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 210
FILE TRANSMISSION MENU
MAMMOCOM
File Transmission
File name : PARAM

Directory name : A:
Suffix : DAT
Transmit : PC > Equipment
Receive : Equipment > PC
Enter : Select AltH : Help AltM : Main menu "#
82 Type of Files Transferred
Two main types of file are concerned by file transfer between PC and Senographe DMR:
D Coded files.
D ASCII files.
821 Coded Files
These are binary files which observe the Motorola Exormacs format. Coded files are used to
transfer the Senographe calibration variables for backup on floppy disk. The protocol
selected ensures that the data transmitted are correct during PC to Equipment transfer.
A special menu is used to check the file transmitted by the Senographe. If the transfer has run
without error detection, it is certain that the file transferred can be reloaded on the Senographe.
The software determines the end of the transmission when it receives a special frame
described in the protocol.
In the PCtoSenographe transfer, the file type is not processed by the MAMMOCOM
software. All the characters of the file are transmitted.
822 ASCII Files
The ASCII files do not observe any format. The end of transmission is detected by reception
of CTRL_Z. Statistics and error codes are transmitted according to this format.
214
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
83 FILE NAME Option
Selecting this option call the line editor to enter the file name. The access path and the
extension are defined in the following menu (Directory and Suffix).
To return to the File Transmission Main Menu without changing the name by default, hit
<Alt><M>.
To return to the File Transmission Main Menu and select the new name displayed by the
lineeditor, press <ENTER>.
MAMMOCOM
84 DIRECTORY and SUFFIX Options
These options are used to access the menu where the treestructure and extensions of the files
are encoded. When Directory name selected, the following menu appears:
ILLUSTRATION 211
DIRECTORY AND SUFFIX SELECTION
File directory
Directory : A:
Suffix : DAT
Save
D The Directory option of this menu is used to find the access path for the file name.
D The Suffix option refers to the file name extension.
D The Save option is used to save the data structures for the two options above in order to
find them as default values when the MAMMOCOM Software is used in a future
operation.
Note: The floppy disk should be writeprotected. Though if saving the DMR data, select the
drive C or new floppy disk in drive A.
215
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
85 TRANSMIT Option
This option is selected to inform the DMR that you wish to make a PCtoSenographe DMR
transfer of the file name previously selected. This option runs in two phases:
1. Automatic execution of the default transfer validation command: CTRL O + F1
2. Transfer.
Note: To have access at this menu see Job Card DR019 from the Advanced Service Manual
(2118393104 rev. 1).
MAMMOCOM
86 RECEIVE Option
This option is selected to inform the DMR that you wish to receive a file (ie, a
Senographe DMRtoPC file transfer). The file may concern:
D ASCII file.
D Coded file (see paragraph 821).
Note: To have access at this menu see Job Card DR019 from the Advanced Manual
(2118393104 rev.1).
The selection of this option calls another menu giving the choice of file types to be transferred.
ILLUSTRATION 212
CHOICE OF FILE TYPES TO BE TRANSFERRED MENU
FILE TYPES
ASCII File
Coded file
Selecting one of other of these options causes:

D Automatic execution of the default transfer validation command: CTRL O + F1
D The actual transfer.
87 Display Window in Transfer

When either TRANSMIT or RECEIVE is selected, a display window of characters
transmitted appears in order to make a visual check of the transmission.
216
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 213
SCREEN DURING TRANSMISSION
Transmitting file: \STAV\EXEMPLE.DAT to Equipment
Characters transmitted display area
MAMMOCOM
Abort : ALT X
Various messages are displayed:

D Reception successful
D File not found
D Reception error
D Transmission error
217
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 9
SAVING THE EMULATOR SCREEN ON A FILE
The menu is used to save the emulator screen of the terminal on an ASCII File. The video
attributes are lost because they cannot be used on an ASCII File which must compatible with
any line editor or display software.
91 Accessing the Menu

MAMMOCOM
From the Main Menu of the MAMMOCOM Software, select: Save Emulator Screen.
ILLUSTRATION 214
SAVE EMULATOR SCREEN SELECTION

Terminal emulator
File transmission
DOS shell
The save main menu is displayed.
218
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 215
SAVE EMULATOR MENU
SAVE EMULATOR SCREEN
MAMMOCOM
File name :PARAM
Directory name :A:
Suffix :DAT
Save screen :
92 FILE NAME Option
This option is used to modify the name of the backup file. The standard lineorientated editor
is used.
93 DIRECTORY and SUFFIX Options
These options are used to access a Menu which selects File Directory and Extensions. The
following menu appears.
219
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ILLUSTRATION 216
DIRECTORY AND SUFFIX MENU
File Directory
MAMMOCOM
Directory : A
Suffix : DAT
Save
Enter : Select AltH : Help AltM : Prev menu "#
Directory: Finds the access path for the file name.
Suffix: File name extension.
Save: Saves the data structures for the two options above in order to find them as
default values in future operations of the MAMMOCOM.
94 Save Screen Function
When the file name is selected, this function saves the screen. There are three possibilities.
941 Terminal Emulator Option not Selected Beforehand
No save to make as the screen does not exist.
942 File Selected to Save Screen does not Exist
The MAMMOCOM Software creates the file and saves the screenful inside.
The Screen saved in file: ... message appears.
943 Selected File Exists
The MAMMOCOM Software adds the new screen at the end of this file.
The Screen appended to file: ... message appears.
220
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 10
ACCESS TO DOS
This function is used to access the MSDOS without exiting from the MAMMOCOM
Software.
The PC can remain connected to the Senographe, and all MAMMOCOM Software operating
parameters are preserved. An advantage in running the MAMMOCOM Software from a
floppy diskette is that this DOS accessing procedure is much faster than exiting STAV and
MAMMOCOM
restarting it.
From the STAV Main Menu, select: DOS Shell.
ILLUSTRATION 217
DOS SHELL SELECTION

Terminal emulator
File transmission
DOS shell
DOS is accessed immediately.

The program displays the Type Exit to return to Terminal Emulator. The Exit command is a
standard command of MSDOS and recognized by the COMMAND.COM interpreter. Once
it is used, the STAV Main Menu reappears and the session can resume.
CAUTION If the MAMMOCOM Software is run from a floppy disk, the MAMMOCOM
should not contain an MSDOS version which is incompatible with the PC. If the
STAV finds a system on the current disk drive, it will use it in preference to the
usual system of the PC.
For simplicity, use a MAMMOCOM floppy disk without any system.
221
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 11
CLEARING THE EMULATOR SCREEN
This option is used to clear the emulator screen of the terminal.

From the STAV Main Menu, select: Clear Emulator Screen.
ILLUSTRATION 218
MAMMOCOM
CLEAR EMULATOR SCREEN SELECTION

Terminal emulator
File transmission
DOS shell
Clear emulator
screen
Once the option is selected, the emulator screen is cleared if the emulator was used
beforehand. Otherwise, this option has no effect.
222
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 12
SAVING PARAMETERS
The following can be modified: communications parameters with the Senographe, Directory,
and default suffix of the files to be transferred.
When the current value of one of the parameters is modified, the Save option generates the
STAV.DAT File in the Current Directory.
MAMMOCOM
At each subsequent use of the MAMMOCOM Software, the values contained in the file are
taken by default.
If this file contains both the communications parameters and the names of the subdirectories
and the suffixes by default, the Save options from the following menus have the same effect:
Change Com. Parameters Menu, Save Emulator Screen Menu (Path Selection Menu or File
Extension Menu), and File Transmission Menu.
223
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
MAMMOCOM
224
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CHAPTER 3 DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 1
DISASSEMBLY/REASSEMBLY JOB CARDS
JOB CARD No. PURPOSE
DR 001 SID SENSOR BOARD 800PL7

DR 002 PADDLE BOARD 800PL8
DR 003 MAGNIFICATION SENSOR BOARD 800PL14
DR 004 INTERARM TILT SENSOR BOARD 800PL15
DR 005 BOARD CALIBRATION
DISASSEMBLY
DR 006 PHOTOMULTIPLIER CELL & PHOTOMULTIPLIER TUBE
DR 007 COLLIMATOR
DR 008 COMPRESSION MOTOR AND BELTS
DR 009 GANTRY CPU BATTERY
DR 010 OPTICAL FIBERS
DR 011 XRAY TUBE HOUSING
DR 012 LAMP OF LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE
DR 013 MIRROR
DR 015 FILTER WHEEL
DR 016 GAS SPRING
DR 017 GANTRY ARM AND TUBE HOUSING SPACER COVERS
DR 018 GANTRY COLUMN COVERS
DR 019 DATA BACKUP (SAVE OR LOAD), GENERATOR / GANTRY STATISTICS AND
ERROR CODES BACKUP
DR 021 GENERATOR CPU BATTERY
DR 022 INVERTER FILTERING CAPACITORS
DR 023 INVERTER THYRISTORS/DIODES
DR 024 GENERATOR COVERS
DR 025 HV AND kV/mA TANK
DR 026 MAGNIFICATION DEVICE
DR 027 ARM ANGLE SENSOR
31
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
DISASSEMBLY
32
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Senographe DMR+ Job Card DR 001 1 of 2
Purpose: SID SENSOR BOARD 800PL7 Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
Time: 1 hour Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
SID sensor board 800PL7.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
2.5 mm Allen wrench.
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
No specific safety precautions are applicable.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of SID sensor board 800PL7
1. Remove the compression arm covers and focal indicator plate (see DR 017 paragraph 5.2).
2. Set the compression arm horizontal, with the head on the left.
3. Switch OFF the DMR electrical power.
4. On SID sensor board 800PL7, disconnect connector XJ1.
5. Remove the three mounting screws (2.5 mm Allen wrench) on SID sensor board 800PL7.
Note: The image receiver position must be changed as required.
6. Remove SID sensor board 800PL7, through the end of the arm.
33
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SID SENSOR BOARD 800PL7

Job Card DR 001 2 of 2
5.2 Installation of SID sensor board 800PL7
1. To reinstall the SID sensor board 800PL7, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
(paragraph 5.1, 6. thru 1.).
When moving the image receiver, take care to avoid contact with the
CAUTION optointerrupters.
Before tightening the screws, check that the blanking plate runs centrally
through the four optointerrupters Adjust the board slightly, as required.
5.3 Functional check
1. Lower the compression paddle until a thickness reading is obtained (< 350 mm).
DISASSEMBLY
2. Move the image receiver and check that the reading changes in steps of 50 mm.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW SID SENSOR BOARD
34
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: PADDLE BOARD 800PL8 Version No.: 3

Date: May, 1997
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Paddle board 800PL8.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D 1 mm and 2.5 mm Allen wrenches.
D Circlip pliers (5 mm circlip).
D Flat screwdriver, 1/4.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of paddle board 800PL8 (see Illustration 1)
1. Remove buttons B1 and B2 (1 mm Allen wrench).

2. Remove screws S1 and S2 from the two plastic halfcovers.
3. Remove the two plastic halfcovers.
4. Set the arm in the horizontal position.
6. Slacken locking screw on encoder wheel C (21).
7. Remove circlip (18) from one end of the shaft only, and remove washers 34,17 and 16.
8. Remove the two mounting screws (23/24) from the support plate.
35
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
PADDLE BOARD 800PL8

ILLUSTRATION 1
PADDLE BOARD 800PL8 AND DETAIL OF BUTTON/SHAFT MOUNTING
B1
S1
25
DISASSEMBLY
23
24 FRONT
21 Ball latch
adjustment screw
S2
B2 Max 3.2 mm pin protrusion
Min does not overpass the
compression support frame
B1
18
17
34
16
36
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
PADDLE BOARD 800PL8

9. Gently extract the encoder wheel from the optointerrupter by pushing it downwards, and then push the
shaft downwards until the circlip groove is at the encoder wheel level.
10. Remove the paddle board support plate.
11. Cut the tyraps to release connector XJ1 and the ground cable.
12. Remove the three mounting screws on paddle board 800PL8 (2.5 mm Allen wrench).
13. Remove paddle board 800PL8.
5.2 Installation of paddle board 800PL8 (see Illustration 1)
1. Install paddle board 800PL8 on its support plate.
DISASSEMBLY
2. Reconnect connector XJ1.
3. Insert the equipped support plate into its housing.
4. Reset the shaft and encoder wheel to their initial positions.
CAUTION The encoder wheel is flexible but FRAGILE.
5. Reinstall the washers (see Illustration 1, bottom) on the shaft, and reinstall the circlip.
6. Install the paddle board support plate (2 mounting screws, 23/24).
CAUTION The magnet assembly (25) must not be in contact with the Hall effect
transducer (clearance approx. 1 mm).
7. Mount the encoder wheel on its shaft, ensuring that it is central in relation to the optointerrupter.
8. Tighten the encoder wheel locking screw.
9. Reinstall the two tyraps.
10. Check the ball latch protrusion (see illustration 1): Max 3.2 mm and Min. does not overpass the
compression support frame . If adjustment is necessary unclamp the nut located inside the compression
support and rotate the screw to obtain the right protrusion value. Then reclamp the screw with the nut.
11. Install the two halfcovers (screws S1 and S2).
12. Install buttons B1 and B2 (1 mm Allen wrench).
13. Check that compression fine adjustment operates correctly the button shaft must not rotate too freely.
If the slight rotation resistance is not as required, check that the washers are correctly installed
(para. 5.2.5 and Illustration 1, items 34, 17 and 16).
37
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
PADDLE BOARD 800PL8

14. When pressure is applied with a paddle, check that a compression force is indicated.
5.3 Adjustment and functional check
1. Perform job card IST 023 to recalibrate the compression force.

Note: It is mandatory to check that the maximum compression force cannot be more than 30 daN (maximum
allowed by regulations).
2. Check that compression system operates normally in application mode.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH A NEW PADDLE BOARD 800PL8.
DISASSEMBLY
38
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: MAGNIFICATION SENSOR BOARD 800PL14 Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Magnification sensor board 800PL14.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
2.5 mm and 5 mm Allen wrenches.
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of magnification sensor board 800PL14 (see Illustration 1)
1. Remove the compression arm covers and sensor plate (see DR 019 paragraph 52).
3. Remove the two mounting screws on the magnification unit support (left support only).
4. Remove the support.
5. On magnification sensor board 800PL14, disconnect connector XJ1.
6. Remove board 800PL14 and its support plate.
7. Separate board 800PL14 from its support plate by removing the two mounting screws (2.5 mm Allen
wrench).
5.2 Installation of magnification sensor board 800PL14 (see Illustration 1)
1. To install magnification sensor board 800PL14, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
(paragraph 5.1, 7. thru1. ).
39
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
MAGNIFICATION SENSOR BOARD 800PL14

ILLUSTRATION 1
LOCATION OF MAGNIFICATION SENSOR BOARD AND SUPPORT PLATE IN COMPRESSION ARM
800PL14 MAGNIFICATION SENSOR BOARD

DISASSEMBLY
LEFT SUPPORT PLATE
1. Switch ON the DMR electrical power.

2. Set the magnification unit in each of its three positions, and check that the indication on the column
display corresponds to the selected position.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH NEW MAGNIFICATION SENSOR
BOARD 800PL14.
310
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: INTERARM TILT SENSOR BOARD 800PL15 Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Interarm tilt sensor board 800PL15.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D 2.5 mm Allen screwdriver (or wrench).

D
DISASSEMBLY
3 mm Allen wrench.
D 7 mm flat wrench.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of interarm tilt sensor board 800PL15 (see Illustration 1)
1. Remove the compression arm covers and sensor plate (see DR 017 paragraph 5.2).
2. Raise the column, to set board 800PL15 at a convenient working height.
4. Remove the lower screw S1 from the cable guide support plate, and remove the corresponding spacer
(7 mm flat wrench).
5. Remove the two mounting screws on board 800PL15.
CAUTION There are two nylon spacers under the board
6. Disconnect the connector on board 800PL15 and remove the board.
311
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INTERARM TILT SENSOR BOARD 800PL15

ILLUSTRATION 1
CENTER PART OF COMPRESSION ARM
DISASSEMBLY
CABLE GUIDE
SUPPORT
PLATE
S1
BOARD 800PL15
312
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.2 Installation of interarm tilt sensor board 800PL15 (see Illustration 1)
1. To install interarm tilt sensor board 800PL15, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
CAUTION Do not forget to reinstall the two nylon spacers under the board.

2. Unlock the tube support arm and check that the five positions are correctly detected.
DISASSEMBLY
Message S50: Incorrect Xray incidence : at " 15_ and " 27_
No message at 0_.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH NEW INTERARM TILT SENSOR
BOARD 800PL15.
313
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
314
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: BOARD CALIBRATION Version No.: 2

Date: Jan. 1996
Time: Variable (depending on the board) Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
Senographe DMR Service Manual.
DISASSEMBLY
Note: The IST xxx references are installation job cards, included in the abovementioned Service Manual.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Electrical power must always be OFF before any board be removed or reinstalled. In the case of board
200PL1 or 200PL2, power must be switched OFF at the main power switch AND in the wall cabinet (risk of
electrocution).
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
This Job Card describes the checks and calibration required following the replacement of an electronics
board in the DMR generator, gantry or console.
315
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
BOARD CALIBRATION
ILLUSTRATION 1
SENOGRAPHIE DMR ELECTRONICS BOARD LOCATIONS
800PL6 TUBE HOUSING ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD
800PL11 ENCODER BOARD
800PL16 INTERARM LOCKK COMMAND BOARD
800PL12 GANTRY READOUT BOARD

DISASSEMBLY
800PL5 COMPRESSION ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD
800PL14 MAGNIFICATION SENSOR BOARD 800PL9 ENCODER BOARD

800PLL3 GANTRY CPU BOARD 800PL8 PADDLE BOARD
800PL15 INTERARM TILT SENSOR BOARD
800PL10 BUCKY SENSOR BOARD

(IN BUCKY)
800PL7 SID SENSOR BOARD

800PL4 PHOTOCELL BOARD
800PL2 GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD
800PL13 ENCODER BOARD
701PL1 kV/mA BOARD

200PL1 MAINS POWER BOARD 800PL1 GANTRY POWER BOARD
200PL2 SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD
400PL1 GENERATOR COMMAND BOARD
400PL2 GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD
400PL3 GENERATOR CPU BOARD
300PL2 ANODE STARTER BOARD
300PL1 INVERTER BOARD
100PL1 OPERATOR BOARD

100PL2 CONSOLE CONTROL BOARD
316
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
BOARD CALIBRATION
5.1 Generator boards
1. Generator CPU board 400PL3.

ALWAYS check that the battery jumper is at the right position: X2.
If the generator installation data was saved on diskette (see DR 019), before the old board was
removed, reload the parameters and the Seno DMR will then be operational.
It will not be possible to reload directly the parameters if the software

CAUTION version is changed, use the approriate data converter to update the saved
parameters from one version to a newer one.
If the installation data was not saved, carry out the full generator calibration procedure (see
Senographe DMR Service Manual, Chapter 2).
DISASSEMBLY
2. Generator interface board 400PL2.
For calibration, see the following documents:
. Heater current scale factor: IST 001,
. Bias voltage scale factor: IST 002,
. Xray tube heater current: IST 003.
3. Generator command board 400PL1.
For calibration, see the following documents:
. Heater current scale factor: IST 001,
. Bias voltage scale factor: IST 002,
. Xray tube heater current: IST 003.
4. Anode starter board 300PL2.
No calibration is required on this board.
5. Inverter board 300PL1.
No calibration is required on this board. For removal, installation and testing, see DR 023.
6. Supply command board 200PL2
7. Mains power board 200PL1.
No calibration is required on this board. For wiring, see IST 011.
8. kV/mA board 701PL1.
For useful recommendations and calibration, see DR 025.
317
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
BOARD CALIBRATION
5.2 Gantry boards
1. Gantry CPU board 800PL3.

ALWAYS check that the battery jumper is at the right position X2.
If the gantry installation data was saved on diskette (see DR 019), before the old board was
removed, reload the parameters and the Seno DMR will then be operational.
It will not be possible to reload directly the parameters if the software

CAUTION version is changed, use the approriate data converter to update the saved
parameters from one version to a newer one.
If the installation data was not saved, carry out the full gantry calibration procedure (see
Senographe DMR Service Manual, Chapter 2).
DISASSEMBLY
2. Gantry interface board 800PL2.

Calibration is required only for HVPM: perform IST 004.
3. Photocell board 800PL4.
a. Carry out the board hardware calibration, see IST 004 and IST 005.
b. To avoid extensive recalibration of the AEC (PM yield), some parameters, related to Stereotix II,
can be modified manually.
c. Using the Service Terminal or console (from application mode), the parameters to be modified
manually can be accessed through the following selections:

The menu name is:
(screen: @ <00327>)
(default value, unchanged after normal calibration)

value +1.000E+0 if no Stereotix calibration carried out,

value # 1 after Stereotix calibration
d. Return into application mode and configure the Senographe as follows:

. LF ; Mo/Mo,
. 30 kV,
. 1 point mode,
. screen/film combination already calibrated,
. with grid,
. 4 cm plexiglas,
. configure the Seno to display the pose technical parameters,
. insert a cassette with a screen, and a blank film.
318
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
BOARD CALIBRATION
e. Execute a pose:
. If the measured thickness is 40mm " 1mm,
can remain at its existing value.
. If the measured thickness is outside the tolerance 40 mm " 1 mm, modify
by " 0.05,
for each mm of deviation
i.e. increment
to decrease the measured thickness, or
decrement
to increase the measured thickness.
Example:
To move thickness measurement from 44 to 40 mm:
set:
= +1.2 (= +1.200E+0).
To move thickness measurement from 34 to 40 mm:
set:
= +0.7 (= +7.000E1).
. When
gives a thickness value within the tolerance 40mm " 1mm, apply the same
coefficient to modify , and
DISASSEMBLY
f. Carry out the operations described in Job Card IST 014 (Reference Energy Calibration), at least
to check correct calibration of the phototimer.
4. Gantry power board 800PL1.
Check offset and gain for grid movement see TSG 014.
5. Compression arm distribution board 800PL5.
For calibration of breast thickness measurement see IST 025.
6. Tube housing arm distribution board 800PL6.
Remove jumper from XJ16 (delivered for old DMRs compatibility). No calibration is required on
this board.
7. SID sensor board 800PL7.
No calibration is required on this board. To check the board, see DR 001.
8. Paddle board 800PL8.
For calibration and checking, see DR 002.
9. Encoder board 800PL9, PL11 and PL13.
Position the sensor very carefully, in relation to the active ring of the encoder.
Incorrect positioning can result in:
800PL13 for the elevator, incorrect rising speed (3 ramp),
800PL11 for the compression, actual movement may differ from selected movement,
800PL9 for end of compression adjustment, irregular movement over one button revolution.
10. Gantry readout board 800PL12.
319
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
BOARD CALIBRATION
11. Magnification sensor board 800PL14.

To check the board, see DR 003.
12. Interarm tilt sensor board 800PL15.
To check the board, see DR 004.
13. Interarm lock command board 800PL16.
5.3 Console
1. Operator board 100PL1.

DISASSEMBLY
2. Console control board 100PL2.

320
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: PHOTOMULTIPLIER CELL ASSEMBLY Version No.: 3

Date: August 1999
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Photomultiplier cell assembly.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Seno DMR Service Manual.
DISASSEMBLY
D 2.5 mm Allen wrench.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
321
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
PHOTOMULTIPLIER CELL ASSEMBLY

SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
Refer to Illustration 1.
1. Rotate the examination arm to set the tube housing downwards.
3. Remove the image receptor cover (4 screws).
4. Set the cell in position 1 (towards the patient).
5. Disconnect coaxial cables HTPM and IPM (1).
6. Remove the seven screws (2) securing the assembly to the left and right slides (2.5 mm Allen wrench).
7. Remove the photomultiplier cell assembly from the image receptor.
DISASSEMBLY
ILLUSTRATION 1
PHOTOMULTIPLIER CELL
2
2
5.1 Installation of photomultiplier cell assembly
D To install the photomultiplier cell assembly, carry out the above operations in reverse order.
322
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: COLLIMATOR Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
Time: 2 hours Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D Collimator.
D Tyraps.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D 4 mm Allen wrench.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of collimator
1. Set tube housing arm to convenient position.

3. Remove tube housing arm covers (see DR 017 paragraph 5.3).
4. Remove collimator antiscatter box.
D Remove the left side screw and slide out the left panel.
D Remove the screw located at the center underside and slide out the box.
5. Remove the two rods retaining front of collimator (4 locking pins).
D The collimator swings down freely on its rear shaft.
323
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
COLLIMATOR
6. Remove tyraps along cable harness between collimator and tube housing arm distribution board
800PL6.
7. On tube housing arm distribution board 800PL6, disconnect connectors XJ7, XJ8, XJ9, XJ10, XJ15
and XJ16 and separate these cables from the rest of the harness.
8. Remove rod retaining rear of collimator (2 locking pins) push or tap the rod out to the right. This
releases the collimator.
9. Remove ground cable on rear of collimator (screwdriver).
Note: Set the screw back on the collimator because it is critical to the motor setting for shipping.
10. Remove collimator.
5.2 Installation of collimator

DISASSEMBLY
1. Install new collimator (install rear rod and locking pins, followed by front rod and locking pins).
2. On tube housing arm distribution board 800PL6, reconnect connectors XJ7, XJ8, XJ9, XJ10, XJ15 and
XJ16, reconstitute the cable harness, installing new tyraps.
3. Reinstall collimator antiscatter box following the reverse order of section 5.1
4. Reinstall tube housing arm covers (see DR 017 paragraph 5.3).
1. Switch ON the DMR electrical power and check that the selftest is correctly executed.
2. Proceed to collimator check and adjustment: see IST 027, IST 030 and IST 028 in DMR Service
manual.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW COLLIMATOR.
324
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: COMPRESSION MOTOR AND BELTS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
Time: 1 h 30 min Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D Compression motor.
D Compression belts.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D 7 mm flat wrench.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
Carry out the following preliminary actions:

D Remove the compression arm covers and sensor plate (see DR 017).
D Set the compression paddle mounting in contact with the image receptor.
D Switch OFF the DMR electrical power.
5.1 Removal of compression motor and small belt (see Illustrations 1 and 2)
1. Disconnect the connector from the compression motor.

2. Remove the cable support plate P1 (supporting the cable between 800PL5 and XJ4) and release the
harness by cutting the tyrap located under the motor.
325
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
COMPRESSION MOTOR AND BELTS

ILLUSTRATION 1
COMPRESSION ARM WITH COMPRESSION MOTOR MOUNTING DETAIL
COMPRESSION MOTOR
S1 S2
DISASSEMBLY
P1
S3 to S6
SLIDE BAR PROTRUSION
SLIDE BAR
MAGNIFICATION RIGHT SUPPORT PLATE
326
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

ILLUSTRATION 2
DETAIL OF PULLEY AND MOTOR MOUNTING, SHOWING COMPONENT ASSEMBLY SEQUENCE
LARGE BELT PULLEY
SMALL BELT PULLEY
S10
RIGHT S7
DISASSEMBLY
COMPRESSION
MOTOR
LEFT
S8 S9
ENCODER WHEEL
3. Remove the crank pulley bearing support plate (two 4 mm Allen screws, S1 and S2).
4. Remove the four screws, S3 to S6 (4 mm Allen wrench), from the motor support plate.
Check that the slide bar does not protrude out of the front of the pulley as
CAUTION this prevents the mounting of the small belt. If necessary, push the slide
bar slightly downwards.
5. Carefully extract the motor and the small toothed belt
CAUTION Take care not to damage the encoding wheel
6. Remove the two lefthand motor mounting screws (S8 and S9 see above), on the motor support plate.
7. Remove the optointerrupter support board, thus releasing the toothed belt.
8. Remove the other two screws (S7 and S10, on the right), followed by the encoding wheel and the
pulley, if the motor is being changed.
327
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.2 Installation of compression motor and small belt (see Illustrations 1 and 2)
D To install the compression motor and small belt, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
(8 thru 1).
Note: Small toothed belt is tensioned by moving motor.
5.3 Adjustment
D The four mounting screws (Illustration 2, items S7 to S10) enable the toothed belt tension to be
adjusted. Take care to avoid excessive belt tension.
5.4 Removal of large compression belt (see Illustrations 1 and 2)

DISASSEMBLY
THE COMPRESSION MOTOR AND SMALL BELT MUST BE

WARNING REMOVED BEFORE THE PROCEDURE DESCRIBED BELOW CAN
BE EXECUTED (SEE PARA. 5.1).
1. Release the lock, behind the arm, to offset the compression arm in relation to the tube housing arm.
3. Set compression arm horizontal (the most convenient position).
5. Remove the magnification right support plate (accessible behind arm two 5 mm Allen screws).
6. Set paddle support opposite hole left free by removal of magnification right support plate.
7. Slacken the two screws on the paddle support, to release the belt joining piece.
Note: In the case of routine maintenance; if the belt is being replaced; then the old belt can simply be cut.
8. On the end of the belt, unscrew the small tensioner screw (7 mm flat wrench see Illustration 3), to
release the spring.
Note: It is not necessary to remove the spring. The tensioner screw need only be unscrewed a few turns.
9. Remove the end piece from the adjustment end of the belt (spring end) (2 small slothead screws).
10. Remove the spring housing/belt joining piece (two 3 mm Allen screws).
Check that the slide bar does not protrude out of the front of the pulley as
CAUTION this prevents the mounting of the small belt. If necessary, push the slide
bar slightly downwards.
11. After the belt has been removed or cut, remove the two pulleys and spindle.
328
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

ILLUSTRATION 3
BELT JOINING PIECE, SHOWING BELT ENGAGEMENT AND TENSIONER SCREW
BELT TENSIONER SCREW
COIL SPRING
DISASSEMBLY
FIRST FOUR TEETH, ON EACH END, ENGAGED IN
FIRST FOUR NOTCHES IN BELT JOINING PIECE
5.5 Installation of large compression belt (see Illustrations 1, 2 and 3)
1. Install new belt.

Note: Belt is already cut to exact length (1215 mm).
2. While leaving some slack on the belt, install the belt joining piece.
3. Engage the first four teeth, on each end of the belt, in the corresponding four notches in the belt joining
piece (see Illustration 3).
CAUTION Take care not to twist the belt
4. Engage belt on small pulley.

Note: This operation is facilitated by the insertion of a packing piece on the end of the spring, to compress
the spring and slacken the belt Remove packing piece after belt is engaged on pulley.
5. Tension (compress) the spring (7 mm flat wrench), using a little locking compound (Loctite or similar)
on the tensioner threads.
6. Reinstall the bearings and pulleys.
Note: To do this it will be necessary to pull on the belt.
7. Recentralize the paddle and mount the belt central piece on the paddle support.
8. Reinstall the motor support plate and motor (4 screws).
9. Reinstall small belt and cable support plate.
329
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

10. Reconnect small coding wheel connector.

11. Tension small toothed belt by moving motor.
12. Tighten all four screws (motor mount).
13. Reconnect motor connector.
14. Reinstall the magnification plate support.
Note: See Functional check, below.
15. Install compression paddle.
16. Reinstall covers (refer to s.m. IST 032) and the small cable protector on motor flange.
CAUTION Cables must pass outside protector plate, and plate must not be in contact
DISASSEMBLY
with pulley.
CAUTION The functional check should be carried out both before and after the
reinstallation of the compression paddle and arm covers.

2. Check that the belt runs correctly over its full travel range.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW COMPRESSION
MOTOR AND BELTS.
330
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GANTRY CPU BATTERY Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Lithium battery.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D Soldering iron.
D Service terminal.
D DMR data diskette.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
BEFORE REMOVING GANTRY CPU BOARD 800PL3, SAVE THE

WARNING GANTRY PARAMETERS ON A DISKETTE, TO ENSURE THAT
THESE PARAMETERS (SAVED USING BATTERY POWER) ARE
NOT ACCIDENTALLY LOST WHILE THE BATTERY IS BEING
CHANGED SEE DR 019.
5.1 Removal of gantry CPU battery and installation of new battery
1. Remove the column cover (CPU side only) (see IST 032).
2. On gantry CPU board 800PL3, remove the two mounting screws (2.5 mm Allen wrench), and remove
the board.
331
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GANTRY CPU BATTERY

3. Solder the new lithium battery in the free position (BT1 or BT2), respecting the polarities.
4. Unsolder the old battery.
5. Reinstall gantry CPU board 800PL3 in its position in the gantry.
6. Reinstall the column cover (CPU side) (see IST 032).
1. Switch ON the Senographe DMR electrical power.

2. Check that the message:

is not displayed after initialization.

DISASSEMBLY
3. If the above message is displayed, reload the gantry parameters, from the previously saved diskette.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW GANTRY CPU
BATTERY.
332
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: OPTICAL FIBERS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D Optical fibers.
D Tyraps.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
Seno DMR Service Manual.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
When disconnecting optical fibers, always pull on the connector AND

CAUTION NOT on the cable. If in doubt, check that the core of the fiber is flush
with the end of the connector.
5.1 Removal and reinstallation of optical fibers

2. Remove the generator covers and the gantry column covers (see IST 032).
3. Disconnect the optical fibers at both ends.
4. Disengage the harness connecting the generator and the gantry, particularly if the harness is coiled
under the generator.
333
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
OPTICAL FIBERS
5. Open the harness protection housing.

6. Disengage the black ribbed outer cover protecting the optical fibers.
Note: It will be necessary to cut some of the tyraps in the generator and the gantry.
7. Remove the harness clamp at the bottom of the gantry column.
8. Gently pull the black ribbed outer cover out of the generator and the gantry.
CAUTION Take care to avoid rubbing or dirt, on the ends of the good fibers.
9. Open the ribbed outer cover, over its entire length, and remove the defective fiber.
10. Replace this fiber, respecting connector color coding.
DISASSEMBLY
11. Temporarily reconnect the four fibers to the generator and gantry, and check that the system operates
correctly when the electrical power is switched ON.
12. Disconnect the four fibers and reinstall the ribbed outer cover in the harness.
13. Carefully install new tyraps, particularly inside the gantry and between the base plate and gantry
interface board 800PL2.

2. Raise and lower the column and visually check that the movement is not fouling any of the cables.
3. Reinstall the generator covers and the gantry column covers (see IST 032).
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW OPTICAL FIBERS.
334
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: XRAY TUBE HOUSING Version No.: 2

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D Xray tube housing.

D HV grease ( pn: C333633).
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D 10 mm flat wrench.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Be careful when touching the tube housing, as its temperature can be up to 80_C (about 180_F).
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
GREAT CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO AVOID DAMAGING THE

WARNING RHODIUM FILTER, WHICH IS EXTREMELY EXPENSIVE.
5.1 Removal of XRay Tube
1. Select Aluminum filter to avoid possible damage to the rhodium or moly filters.
D Select manual exposure mode with button.
D Press button on console until Al is displayed.

D Press first trigger to advance the filter wheel to Al.
335
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XRAY TUBE HOUSING

2. Select large focal spot, to allow easier access to xray tube connectors
3. Lower gantry to down limit for better tube access.
4. Power off console and shut off wall breaker.
CAUTION Apply appropriate LOCK OUT/TAG OUT techniques, before

proceeding.
5. Remove the XRay tube housing covers. (See Illustration 1)

D Remove plastic strip B
D Remove plastic screw covers and screws 3, 5, and 7
D Remove left half cover
DISASSEMBLY
D Remove plastic screw covers and screws 4, 6, and 8

D Remove right half cover
ILLUSTRATION 1
336
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XRAY TUBE HOUSING

6. Remove black collimator antiscatter shield by loosening single screw on bottom and pulling shield
forward and down. (See Illustration 2)
ILLUSTRATION 2
DISASSEMBLY
7. Disconnect the following cables from the rear of the xray tube.
(See Illustration 3 and use the view that matches the actual tube configuration)
D +HT(small black wire)
D Stator (outside connector)
D HT (high voltage cable)
D Ground
ILLUSTRATION 3
337
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XRAY TUBE HOUSING

8. Disconnect connector XJ4 on 800PL6 Bd. (See Illustration 4)

ILLUSTRATION 4
DISASSEMBLY
9. Loosen 2 10mm bolts at rear of tube housing and remove 2 at front.

The tube should remain in position.
10. Remove tube housing by gently pulling up and forward.
5.2 Installation of new Xray Tube Housing
1. Unpack xray tube and remove aluminum protective cover from bottom tube port window.
2. Carefully slide new tube housing into place, avoid touching bottom tube port window or filter
assembly.
3. Adjust the front of tube housing approximately parallel with front of tube mounting frame, install 2
front mounting bolts and tighten all 4 bolts.
4. Reinstall the following cables. (See Illustration 3)
D +HT(small black wire)
D Stator (outside connector)
D HT (high voltage cable)
D Ground
5. Reconnect connector XJ4 on 800PL6 Bd. (See Illustration 4)
6. Verify cables are routed away from tube angulation belt/sprocket, tiewrap cables if needed.
338
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XRAY TUBE HOUSING

5.3 Calibration and Adjustment of Xray Tube
1. Power on system.
2. Enter the install mode: select SETUP/PASSWORD and enter your password.
3. Perform an RInit of the tube. Select:
SETUP/GENE/INSTALL/GENE/CONFIG/CONFIG/TUBE/R_INIT/INIT_TUBE
4. Declare the correct tube model. Select:
SETUP/GENE/INSTALL/GENE/CONFIG/CONFIG/TUBE/MODEL
Select the correct model and VALID.
5. Check the focal spot bias voltages. Bias voltage values are located on the right side of the xray tube.
DISASSEMBLY
Select:
GENE/INSTALL/GENE/GENE/BIAS/VOLTAGE
This will access the menus which display these values, and which allow these values to be modified.
The four values are displayed on the console by rotating the KV knob. If parameters need to be
modified see Job Card IST002 section 5.1.8 in the DMR Service Manual.
Repeatedly press until you return to applications mode.

6. Perform Job Card IST003 found in the DMR Service Manual.
7. Perform Job Card IST 027 sections 5.1, 5.2, and 5.7. If adjustment is needed, this job card will give
necessary instructions.
8. Perform Job Card IST 007 section 6.6, skip sections 662 through 664. If results are not
satisfactory recalibration of this entire job card is necessary.
9. If a recalibration of entire Job Card IST 007 was performed, check phototiming operation by
performing Section 655 for DMRV1 and section 59 for DMRV2 of Job Card IST013.
10. Verify ACR phantom with an exposure in CNT AUTO mode, check film density and overall phantom
appearance.
5.4 Verify Image Chain is free from all absorbing particles
1. For the following 3 exposures open collimator to maximum, set SID to 600 mm, and remove the
compression paddle and bucky.
2. Select the following exposure parameters: Small focal spot, Mo track, Al filter, 24 KV, and 100 mAs.
3. Insert a 24x30 Ready Pack film on top of the image receptor.
339
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XRAY TUBE HOUSING

4. Make exposure, develop film, and verify film is free of artifacts.

5. Select the following exposure parameters: Small focal spot, Mo track, Mo filter, 24 KV, and 40 mAs.
7. Select the following exposure parameters: Small focal spot, Mo track, Rh filter, 25 KV, and 40 mAs.
Note: The above mAs values are examples; specific film types may require an increase or decrease to achieve
approximately 1.2 film density.
9. If artifacts appear, before any manipulation, check that the mirror is clean, remove it from the image
chain if in doubt. If little white spots(around 1 mm in diameter) appear at the same location on all 3
films, clean the bottom tube port window. If such artifacts remain replace the xray tube. If other
artifacts appear only on one of the films, check the filter wheel, clean or replace as necessary.
DISASSEMBLY
Note: Handle the filter wheel carefully, it is fragile and expensive.
5.5 Database Backup
Backup both the Generator and Gantry Databases.

Note: If system is InSite entitled, the Online Center can backup the databases on the EDM.
5.6 Proceed to HHS
HHS test data may be entered into the laptop 3382 spreadsheet program, or if this is not available, it may be
recorded in form 3382 found in Tab 8 of System Field Test for HHS, Direction 46013894.
Note: For HHS KV accuracy check the internal divider on the DMR can be monitored on the 701PL1 Bd
on the front of the HV tank TP7(Ref TP1). Scale factor is 0.162volts/KV.
Note: For HHS mAs Accuracy Check measure mAs on the 701PL1 Bd on the front of the HV Tank, insert
mAs meter in series with jumper between MES_MA_NEG and MES_MA_POS.
5.7 Reinstall Collimator Antiscatter Shield
See Section 1 if needed.
5.8 Reinstall both left and right Tube Housing Covers
See Section 1 if needed.
340
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: LAMP OF LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
Time: Not applicable Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Lamp of light centering device.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Not applicable.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
See Seno DMR Service Manual IST 035.
341
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
LAMP OF LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE

Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
342
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: MIRROR Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Mirror.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
GREAT CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO AVOID TOUCHING THE

WARNING MIRROR (NO FINGER PRINTS) AND TO AVOID DAMAGING THE
FILTER WHEEL, WHICH IS EXTREMELY FRAGILE AND
LOCATED JUST ABOVE THE MIRROR
5.1 Removal and installation of mirror (see Illustration 1)
1. On the Bucky, use a piece of adhesive tape to mark the rear edge of the light field.
4. Remove tube housing arm covers (see DR 017).
5. Remove collimator light shield box (one mounting screw).
6. Remove rod retaining front of collimator (2 locking pins).
343
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
MIRROR
7. Open the collimator.

8. Remove the mirror adjustment screw and its spring.
9. Remove the locknuts on the two mirror mounting screws.
ILLUSTRATION 1
TUBE HOUSING ARM WITH MIRROR INSTALLATION DETAIL
MIRROR FRAME
DISASSEMBLY
TUBE HOUSING ARM
MIRROR MOUNTING SCREWS

AND LOCKNUTS
MIRROR ANGLE ADJUSTMENT SCREW

AND SPRING
10. Remove the two mirror mounting screws (3 mm Allen) and the mirror.
11. To install the new mirror, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence (10 thru 1).
5.2 Adjustment of mirror
1. Adjust the mirror angle so that the rear edge of the light field coincides with the mark made in 5.1.1,
above.
5.3 Verification of Installation
Refer back to IST 28 and IST 36 of the SM (2118407104)

THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW MIRROR.
344
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: FILTER WHEEL Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Filter wheel.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D 8 mm flat wrench.
D Circlip pliers.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of filter wheel

3. Remove tube housing arm covers (see DR 017).
4. Remove collimator light shield box (one mounting screw).
5. Remove the front rod retaining the collimator (2 spring clips).
6. On tube housing arm distribution board 800PL6, disconnect connectors XJ6 and XJ11.
345
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
FILTER WHEEL
CAUTION In the following operations, concerning the filter wheel and motor, great
care should be taken TO AVOID TOUCHING THE MIRROR
7. Remove the filter motor mounting screws, one each side of motor (5 mm Allen wrench).
8. Remove the motor, complete with filter wheel.
9. Remove the nut and washer, retaining the filter wheel spindle to the support plate (8 mm flat wrench).
10. Separate the spindle from the wheel by removing the circlip.
5.2 Installation of filter wheel
1. To install the new filter wheel, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence (paragraph 5.1,
DISASSEMBLY
10 thru 1).
1. Switch on the DMR electrical power supply and check that the selftest is correctly executed.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW FILTER WHEEL.
346
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GAS SPRING Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Gas spring.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D Service Terminal.
D Set of steps (for access to top of column).
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal and installation of gas spring
1. Remove the column covers (see IST 032) in Seno DMR Service Manual.
3. Remove three plastic caps on column top cover.
4. Remove the three cover mounting screws and the cover.
5. Disconnect cable from XJ1 on board 800PL12 (inside, on cover).
6. Raise column approx. 30 cm, to raise the safety plate above the fixed part of the gas spring.
7. Remove jack (gas spring) safety plate inside column (two 8 mm Allen screws).
347
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GAS SPRING
ILLUSTRATION 1
GAS SPRING INSTALLATION IN COLUMN
DISASSEMBLY
GAS SPRING
CLAMP
COLUMN MOTOR
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW
For safety, the two 8 mm screws are installed using thread locking
CAUTION compound (loctite or similar) and a leverage extension will probably be
required on the Allen wrench, to slacken the screws.
348
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GAS SPRING
8. Remove clamp on front edge, at bottom of column (2 bolts, 7 mm flat wrench).

9. Lower column and insert new gas spring (inner plunger downwards), next to the existing gas spring, in
the corner where the motor is located.
10. Raise column to max. height (gas spring is then not under load).
11. Try to move the gas spring. If no movement is possible on the upper and lower mounting rods, use the
column maintenance menu, on the Service Terminal, to raise the column, very gently, to the upper
mechanical stop.
12. Remove upper and lower gas spring mountings (two small rods, secured by locking pins no tool
required).
13. Install new gas spring, in place of old one.
14. Reinstall upper and lower gas spring mounting rods, complete with locking pins (align pins vertically).
DISASSEMBLY
15. Place old gas spring in one corner of column.
16. Check cable harness is correctly positioned. Adjust as required.
17. Lower column to approx. 30 cm above lower end of travel stop (check movement of cable harness).
18. Reinstall clamp on front edge, at bottom of column (2 bolts, 7 mm flat wrench).
19. Reinstall the gas spring safety plate inside column (two 8 mm Allen screws).
CAUTION For safety, the two 8 mm screws are installed using thread locking
compound (loctite or similar).
20. Lower the column to the fully down position.

21. Remove the old gas spring.
22. Reconnect cable to XJ1 on board 800PL12 (inside, on cover).
23. Reinstall the cover, and the three cover mounting screws.
24. Reinstall the three plastic caps on column top cover.
25. Reinstall the column covers (see IST 032) in Seno DMR Service Manual.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH NEW GAS SPRING IN COLUMN.
349
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GAS SPRING
Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
350
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GANTRY ARM AND TUBE HOUSING SPACER Version No.: 2

COVERS Date: Jan. 1996
Time: 20 min each, for 51, 52 and 53 Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Slim flat blade (knife or similar).
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Be careful when touching the tube housing, as its temperature can be up to 80_C (about 180_F).
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
See below, paragraph 5.1 to end.
351
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GANTRY ARM AND TUBE HOUSING SPACER

COVERS Job Card DR 017 2 of 6
5.1 Removal and reinstallation of tube housing arm lower covers (see Illustration 1)
1. Using a flat blade, remove the plastic covers four around the rotation axis and two at the bottom end of
the arm (three in each halfcover).
2. Set the arm in the horizontal position, tube on the right, and remove the halfcover mounting screws
(1, 2 and 3).
3. Lift the halfcover and remove it.
4. Rotate the arm through 180_.
5. Repeat 2 and 3, above, for the other halfcover, but removing mounting screws 4, 5 and 6.
6. To reinstall the arm lower covers, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
DISASSEMBLY
ILLUSTRATION 1
TUBE HOUSING ARM LOWER COVERS MOUNTING SCREW LOCATIONS
4
1
2
5
3 6
352
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.2 Removal and reinstallation of compression arm covers (see Illustration 2)
1. Set the compression arm in the horizontal position, tube on the right, and unlock the tube housing arm
to set it at 27_, with the tube below the horizontal.
3. Using the flat screwdriver and 4 mm Allen wrench, remove screws 1 and 2.
ILLUSTRATION 2
COMPRESSION ARM COVERS MOUNTING SCREW LOCATIONS
1 3
DISASSEMBLY
2 4
4. Remove the left halfcover by slightly lifting it on the compression motor side, and then gently pulling
it to the left.
5. Switch the DMR electrical power back on.
6. Reset the tube housing arm to 0_.
7. Rotate the compression arm through 180_ and unlock the housing arm to set the tube 27_ downwards.
9. Remove screw 3, followed by screw 4 (screwdriver and 4 mm Allen wrench, respectively).
10. Remove the right halfcover by slightly lifting it on the compression motor side, and then gently
pulling it to the right.
353
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

11. Recover spacer plate E (on the top of the sensor indicator plate P) and remove plate P by gently pulling
it towards the bottom of the compression arm.
12. To reinstall the compression arm covers, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
Reinstall spacer plate E as quickly as possible. It will stay in place when

CAUTION one of the halfcovers has been reinstalled. To prevent plate P from
falling, do not set the compression arm in the vertical position until at least
one halfcover has been installed.
ILLUSTRATION 3
SENSOR INDICATOR AND SPACER PLATES
E
DISASSEMBLY
510
560
610
660
354
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.3 Removal and reinstallation of tube housing spacer covers (see Illustration 4)
1. Remove strip B (clipped in position).

2. Set the tube housing arm horizontal, with the head on the right.
3. Remove the plastic covers and screws 3, 5 and 7.
ILLUSTRATION 4
TUBE HOUSING SPACER COVERS MOUNTING SCREW LOCATIONS
5 B
6
7
8
DISASSEMBLY
3
P
4
4. Remove the left halfcover.

5. Rotate the arm through 180_ (head on the left).
6. Remove the plastic covers and screws 4, 6 and 8.
7. Remove the right halfcover.
8. To reinstall the tube housing spacer covers, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
CAUTION Take care to install the short screws in positions 3 and 4.
355
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
356
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GANTRY COLUMN COVERS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Not applicable.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
357
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GANTRY COLUMN COVERS

Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
358
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: DATA BACKUP (SAVE OR LOAD), GENERATOR/ Version No.: 1

GANTRY STATISTICS AND ERROR CODES
Date: Jan. 1996
BACKUP
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Formatted diskette.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
Service Terminal with Mammocom (DMR communication software, last release is V1.16).
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
DATA CANNOT BE RELOADED IF THE SOFTWARE VERSION TO

WARNING BE USED FOR THE RELOAD IS NOT THE SAME AS THAT USED TO
SAVE THE DATA.
Note: Generator and gantry data files must be loaded separately. DATE and TIME functions must be
correctly initialized, to ensure that the files saved are correctly dated.
359
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
DATA BACKUP (SAVE OR LOAD), GENERATOR/

GANTRY STATISTICS AND ERROR CODES BACKUP Job Card DR 019 2 of 8
Note: Run Mammocom under DOS rather than Windows 95/98. If your laptop is operating under Windows
95, click Start, then Restart Computer in MS-DOS mode. This will avoid potential transmission
errors while saving or restoring data.
5.1 Getting started with a blank formatted diskette.
5.1.1 Insert a blank formatted diskette into diskette drive A; and create two directories in order to save the
Generator and Arm / Gantry parameters:
Dir 1: GENE
Dir 2: ARM
Under MSDOS type as follows:

a. At the prompt C:\ > enter a:
b. At the prompt A:\ > enter mkdir GENE and hit <ENTER>
DISASSEMBLY
c. At the prompt A:\ > enter mkdir ARM and hit <ENTER>
Note: The directories GENE and ARM are created on the Floppy diskette.
5.2 Backup of Generator parameters
1. Note the settings of the Gantry/Arm (automatic decompression, programmable height of

decompression, etc.) medical menus and the setting of the Generator (language):
2. Go to Medical setup menu to record customer medical parameters using following commands:
SETUP / MEDICAL / SPEED / <Value> SPEED
SETUP / FORCE / <Value> FORCE
SETUP / DECOMP / <Value> DECOMP
SETUP / BEEP / <Value> BEEP
SETUP / HEIGHT / <Value> HEIGHT
SETUP / FILM / <Value> FILM
SETUP / GENE / INSTALL / GENE / GENE / BIAS / VOLTAGE Mo/LF
Rh/LF
Mo/SF
3. Go back to application mode : SETUP / SETUP / SETUP Rh/SF
Note: See Chapter 2: MAMMOCOM COMMUNICATION SOFTWARE
4. Run MAMMOCOM application by typing cd MAMMOCOM.
5. Then start the application; enter STAV then hit <ENTER>.
For our exemple:
C:\ > CD MAMMOCOM
C:\ > MAMMOCOM> STAV
360
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

6. When MAMMOCOM is started, select Terminal Emulator on the menu and press Enter. Check
that NO checksum error code is displayed before backup,on the laptop screen.
7. Perform the connection between the laptop and the DMR; Press F10: connect.
Note: The DMR console displays: REMOTE ACCESS IN PROGESS.
8. Use the menu tree of the Generator maintenance from the ASM to access the INSTALL PARAM
TRANSFERT menu (Screen @ <00295>.
The full path is (on your laptop):
SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/1>2/TRANS
F9 F1 F6 F3 F1 F6 F5
9. Press the key (F1).
10. Without leaving this maintenance menu @<00361>, press ALTM, to return to the MAMMOCOM
DISASSEMBLY
main menu.
11. Select the File transmission option with the cursor key then <ENTER>.
12. Insert the formatted diskette (step 5.1) into the diskette drive of your laptop.
13. In the file transmission menu, define the parameters as required:
Note: Use cursor keys (arrows) to highlight each option, then press Enter to select, and name each option.
Note: You can always go back to main menu by pressing ALTM.
14. Highlight the option file name then hit <ENTER> by default the file name is PARAM, since the
parameters saved are for Generator, it is recommended to name the file:
GENEDDMM (with DD: Day and MM: Month) and hit <ENTER>.
Note: You are free to use the file name you want.
15. Highlight directory name and hit <ENTER>.
Note: Since the saved parameters MUST stay on site, it is imperative to save them on a floppy diskette (see
section 5.1).
a. In the file directory menu highlight directory and hit <ENTER>.
b. At the prompt A: enter GENE (directory created in step 5.1), and hit <ENTER>.
c. Suffix: leave DAT
d. Highlight save then hit <ENTER>.
e. Go back to file transmission menu by pressing AltM.
16. Select Receive: equipment>PC, using cursor keys (arrows) and hit <ENTER>.
At the menu file types highlight CODED file then hit <ENTER> to select. The coded format will
ensure a better reloading safety against corrupted data.
361
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

The received data are scrolled on the screen.

The Service Terminal then displays: Receiving file: A:\ GENEDDMM
Note: An error message is displayed if the laptop and the Senographe are not physically connected (only on
MAMMOCOM V1.16 and above).
17. When the transfer is completed, the message file reception successful is displayed, then press
ALTM, several times, to return to the MAMMOCOM main menu.
18. Reselect Terminal Emulator,and hit <ENTER> (to enable an exit from maintenance mode) then
disconnect your laptop to the DMR, by pressing CTRLD: disconnect.
The DMR console displays data save OK.
Return to the application menu by pressing SETUP on the console several times.
19. Check the presence of the recorded file by pressing ALTM, then select the menu DOS shell option;
DISASSEMBLY
at the prompt C:\ > type the DOS command:

DIR A: \GENE\ and hit <ENTER>.
Note: The Generator file GENEDDMM size is around 10KB.
20. Then at the prompt type : and hit <ENTER> to return to the MAMMOCOM menu.
Note: The Medical parameters are not part of the backup.
5.3 Reloading of Generator parametres
1. Power off the system, clear memory by removing the jumper X2 near the battery on the CPU generator
during 30 seconds, then reinstall it.
Note: The procedure is written in the case we are restarted from prompt C:\ >
2. Run MAMMOCOM application (C:\ > CD MAMMOCOM)
3. Start the STAV application (C:\ > MAMMOCOM > STAV)
4. Select Terminal Emulator.
5. Perform the connection between the laptop and the DMR; press F10 to connect.
Note: The DMR console displays: REMOTE ACCESS IN PROGESS
6. Use the menu tree of the Generator maintenance from the ASM to access the INSTALL PARAM
TRANSFERT menu (screen @ < 00295>).
The full path is (on your laptop):
SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/1>2/TRANS
F9 F1 F6 F3 F1 F6 F5
362
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

7. Press the key (F3).

8. Without leaving this maintenance menu @<00362>, press ALTM, to return to the MAMMOCOM
main menu.
9. Insert the backup diskette into the diskette drive and check that the file needed is present, and the exact
spelling of the file name (use the DOS shell option if necessary).
Note: Use the file backedup in section 5.2

10. Select the File transmission option and hit <ENTER>.
In the file transmission menu, define the parameters as required:
File name : GENEDDMM (max. 8 characters)
Directory name : A: Mandatory file name from paragraph 5.2, step 11
Suffix : DAT
DISASSEMBLY
11. Select : Transmit : PC > Equipment to start the transfer and hit <ENTER>.
The transmitted data are scrolled on the screen.
The service Terminal then displays:
Transmitting file: A: GENE\GENEDDMM.DAT to equipment.
12. When the transfer is completed the message transmission successful is displayed, press ALTM
several times to return to the MAMMOCOM main menu.
13. Select Terminal Emulator and hit <ENTER> to exit from the maintenance menu, then disconnect
your laptop to the DMR by pressing CTRLD: disconnect.
14. Following the reloading of the parameters, NO checksum error should be displayed. The Medical
parameters must be reentered manually.
Note: The DMR console displays: data load OK.
5.4 Restoring configuration parameters

1. Restore the medical menu of the gantry (automatic decompression, programmable height of
decompression, etc.) as noted in section 5.2.1.
2. Reset date and time of Generator clock. The path from Application Mode is:
SETUP/GENE/INSTAL/GENE/CONFIG/DATE
3. With software 5.04 to V5.10 we need to reinitialize heating current table for Xray tube Maxiray 70
THF.
Go to menu Install/gene/config/tube/model/70 THF and valid.
Make a checksum.
Return to application menu; it is normal to have the message S36 Enter Bias voltage.
Go to Menu gene/instal/gene/gene/bias/voltage.
Reenter parameters recorded in section 5.2 for Mo/LF Rh/LF Mo/SF Rh/SF.
363
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

These parameters are also displayed on a label stuck on the Xray tube housing because they are
specific for each tube. These parameters are critical for the reliability of the tube.
Make a checksum.
4. Choose the generator (AOP) configuration:
Path = SETUP / GENE / INSTAL / GENE / AOP / TYPE
For a DMR+ the type should be A.
Note: If you need to check Gantry settings after the DMR arm data conversion, proceed as follows:
Access the Gantry configuration menu:
path = SETUP / ARM / VALID / INSTALL / CONFIG/
The various parameters are accessible using the paths shown below (relative to CONFIG/:
Collimator front blade (motorized) /COLLIM/FRONTB/
Cassette detection /CASSET/
DISASSEMBLY
18 x 24 plastic bucky /BUCKY/

Collimator type /COLLIM/TYPE/
5.5 Backup of Arm / Gantry parameters
The procedure is as for the Generator (see paragraph 5.2, above), but screen @<05420> must be accessed.
The full path is:
SETUP/ARM/VALID/MAINT/MAINT/TRANS
F9 F5 F1 F6 F1 F3
The Arm / Gantry file size is less than 1 KB.
Note: The recommended file name for the Arm/Gantry parameters is:
ARMDDMM.DAT
Note: The Medical parameters are not part of the backup.
5.6 Reloading of Arm / Gantry parameters
1. Power off the system, clear memory by removing the jumper X2 near the battery on the CPU gantry
during 30 seconds, then reinstall it.
2. The procedure is as for the generator (see paragraph 5.3, above), but screen @<05420> must be
accessed.
The full path is:
SETUP/ARM/VALID/MAINT/MAINT/TRANS
F9 F5 F1 F6 F1 F3
364
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.7 Checks and calibrations
1. Carry out the Tube current calibration procedure described in Job Card IST 003; ignore the
prerequisites given as a reminder only.
2. Check grid calibration parameters (Gain, offsets, Min and Max values). Record required values.
3. Perform the breast thickness measurement check described in Job Card IST 025 of the DMR Service
Manual. Recalibrate if necessary.
4. Perform the preliminary Generator and Gantry testing Job Card IST 033; ignore Section 5 and
Section 68 .
5. Check Optical Density using IST 014.
6. Check for correct operation by carrying out several Xray exposures in Application Mode (Contact or
Magnification Mode).
DISASSEMBLY
7. Make a final backup of Generator and Gantry/Arm parameters as described in Job Card DR 19 (DMR
Advanced Service manual).
Note: In case of difficulties, the backup could always be done on C:\ drive (hard disk), then on Floppy disk.
5.8 Backup of Generator statistics
The procedure is as for the backup of generator data (see paragraph 5.2, above), but screen @<00278>
must be accessed.
The full path is:
SETUP/GENE/MAINT/STAT/STATS/TRANS
F9 F1 F6 F1 F1 F2
Select option : ASCII file
Note: There are no Arm / Gantry statistics.
5.9 Backup of error codes
It may be useful to save the Generator or Arm / Gantry error codes.

The procedure is as described above in paragraph 5.2 or 5.5.
Select option :
The appropriate maintenance screen must be accessed:

365
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.10 Clear logs
Clear Generator error log

Path = SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/1>2/CODES/FUNCT/CLEAR/VALID
Clear Generator statistics log
Path = SETUP/GENE/MAINT/STAT/STATS/CLEAR/VALID
Clear Gantry error log
Path = SETUP/ARM/VALID/MAINT/MAINT/CODES/FUNCT/CLEAR/VALID
DISASSEMBLY
366
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GENERATOR CPU BATTERY Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Lithium battery.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D Soldering iron.
D Service terminal.
D DMR data diskette.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
Before removing generator CPU board 400PL3, save the generator

CAUTION parameters on a diskette, to ensure that these parameters (saved using
battery power) are not accidentally lost while the battery is being changed
see DR 019.
5.1 Removal of generator CPU battery and installation of new battery
1. Remove the generator front panel (CPU side) (see IST 032).
2. Pull generator CPU board 400PL3 gently forward and remove it.
3. Solder the new lithium battery in the free position (BT1 or BT2), respecting the polarities.
4. Unsolder the old battery.
367
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GENERATOR CPU BATTERY

5. Reinstall generator CPU board 400PL3 in its position in the generator.

6. Reinstall the generator front panel (CPU side) (see IST 032).

2. Check that the message:
SAVED MEMORY ERROR 071/081
is not displayed after initialization
3. If the above message is displayed, reload the generator parameters, from the previously saved diskette.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW GENERATOR CPU
DISASSEMBLY
BATTERY.
368
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: INVERTER FILTERING CAPACITORS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Capacitor box.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D 8 mm flat wrench.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D Switch OFF mains power supply.

D Check residual voltage (inverter supply).
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of filtering capacitors (see Illustrations 1 and 2)
1. Remove the four generator side panels (see IST 032).

2. Switch OFF the electrical power supply, both in the main cabinet and on the rotary switch in the
generator cabinet (pos. O).
3. Using a voltmeter (rating 1000 V DC), check that there is no residual voltage between screws S1 and
S2.
4. Remove screws S1 and S2 (10 mm flat wrench), and remove the two resonant capacitors, RC1 and
RC2, together with their upper plate.
5. Remove screw S3, followed by screws S4, S5 and S6 (8 mm flat wrench).
369
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INVERTER FILTERING CAPACITORS

ILLUSTRATION 1
CAPACITOR BOX TOP VIEW (WITHOUT RESONANT CAPACITORS)
S1 S4
C7+
C7 C5 C3 C1+ C1
S5
S3 C1/C2+
C8+/C7
C8 C6 C4 C2 C2
S2 S6
C8
DISASSEMBLY
ILLUSTRATION 2
CAPACITOR BOX SIDE VIEW
RESONANT CAPACITORS
RC1 RC2
S3
S9, S10
S1 S2
CAPACITOR BOX
S7, S8
6. Remove screws S7 and S8, followed by screws S9 and S10 mounting the capacitor box on the
Inverter panel (4 mm Allen wrench).
7. Remove the capacitor box.
370
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.2 Installation of filtering capacitors
1. To install new filtering capacitors, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence (paragraph
5.1, 7. thru 1.).
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH NEW INVERTER FILTERING
CAPACITORS.
DISASSEMBLY
371
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
372
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: INVERTER THYRISTORS/DIODES Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
Circuit 300PL1 Inverter board and/or diode modules and/or thyristor modules.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Senographe DMR Service Manual.
DISASSEMBLY
D Flat screwdriver 1/4.
D Phillips screwdriver 1/4.
D Service Terminal.
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D Switch OFF mains power supply.

D Check residual voltage (inverter supply).
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Removal of diode and thyristor modules (see Illustration 1)
CAUTION It is recommended that thyristor modules be changed in pairs, if possible

from the same source (AEG or Marconi).
1. Remove the four generator side panels (see IST 032).

2. Switch OFF the electrical power supply, both in the main cabinet and on the rotary switch in the
inverter (pos. O).
373
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INVERTER THYRISTORS/DIODES
ILLUSTRATION 1
INVERTER BOARD 300PL1 LAYOUT
X14 X13 X15 X16
XJ1
G1
K1
K1
DISASSEMBLY
G1
TP4
X7
THYRISTOR MODULES
600VF (LOCATED UNDER PCB)
TP5
X10
0V/600VF
DIODE MODULES
X1 (LOCATED UNDER PCB)
TO
0V/600VR THERMAL
SWITCH
X5
X11
600VR
FROM X12
TR1
HF1 300VR
HF2
X2 X4 X3 X9 X6 X8
3. Using a voltmeter (rating 1000 V DC), check that there is no residual voltage between TP4 and TP5 on
board 300PL1 (Inverter).
4. Disconnect the following wires and connectors on 300PL1: XJ1, X11, X12, X8, X6, X9, X3, X4, X2,
X5, X1, X10 and X7.
5. Remove the four thyristor module mounting screws, accessible through the PC board.
6. Remove the six mounting screws, for diode modules D1, D2 and D3.
7. Remove the seven nuts which mount board 300PL1 on the Radiator PLATE.
8. If thyristors are being changed, disconnect the gate drive wires, coming from X14 to X16, on board
300PL1.
374
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
5.2 Installation of diode and thyristor modules
1. To install new diode and thyristor modules, carry out the above operations, in the reverse sequence
(8 thru 1).
CAUTION Do not tighten the module mounting screws, on the printed circuit, until
after the modules have been correctly mounted on the Radiator plate.
1. Carry out the Inverter short circuit test described in TSG 004; see illustration 518.
2. Execute a few exposures in 2point mode, for example 30 kV/50 mA.
DISASSEMBLY
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH NEW INVERTER
THYRISTORS/DIODES.
375
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
376
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GENERATOR COVERS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Not applicable.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
377
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GENERATOR COVERS
Blank page
DISASSEMBLY
378
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: HV AND kV/mA TANK Version No.: 3

Date: May, 1997
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D HV tank, equipped kV/mA.

D HV grease (pn: C333633).
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
D Ammeter.
D Mammo kV peak meter.
D 8 mm flat wrench.
D Xray waveform meter RMI 233 and oscilloscope (see Section 3, below).
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D Xray emission safety precautions are applicable.

D If only the kV/mA board is being changed then the HV probe frequency response must be calibrated.
This requires the use of tool RMI 233 and an oscilloscope. Not calibrating the HV probe frequency
response may result in noncompliance with CDRH standards (see 5.3, below) and will affect the AOP
behaviour (wrong breast thickness measurement during the preexposure).
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
The HV tank and kV/mA board assembly is factory calibrated. DO NOT

CAUTION ATTEMPT TO ADJUST POTENTIOMETER P1 (HV probe frequency
compensation).
379
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
HV AND kV/mA TANK

5.1 Removal and installation of HV and kV/mA tank

2. Remove the generator covers (see IST 032, in Seno DMR service Manual).
3. On the HV tank, tighten completely the vent screw (air bleed screw).
4. On the HV tank, disconnect the following, in the sequence listed:
HV connector,
heating/bias connector GKB,
ground connections (3 wires) (8 mm flat wrench),
inverter GKA/1 and GKA/2 (8 mm flat wrench),
HV probe cable: GKC.
DISASSEMBLY
5. On the kV/mA board, disconnect XJ2, XJ3 and XJ1.

6. Slacken the HV tank mounting clamp and remove the tank.
7. Install the new HV tank.
8. Reconnect the cables (grease the HV endpiece if necessary) .
9. Loosen by 3 mm the vent screw of the HV tank in order to release pressure while making long
exposure.
ILLUSTRATION 1
HV AND KV/ mA TANK
VENT SCREW
XJ2
XJ1
XJ3
700PL1
380
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
HV AND kV/mA TANK

5.2 Adjustment and functional check
1. Carry out the operations described in the following job cards:

IST 016 Calibration of Xray tube, mA measurement,
IST 017 Calibration of kV scale factor.
IST 003 Calibration of Xray tube heater current.
2. Execute an Xray in AEC mode (28 kV, 4 cm plexi) and check that the optical density obtained is
normal.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW HV TANK, kV/mA
BOARD.
5.3 Changing the kV/mA board only
DISASSEMBLY
D Changing the kV/mA board alone IS NOT RECOMMENDED (see Section 3, above). However, if
the change is absolutely necessary, the calibration procedure is given below:
1. Configure the Senographe DMR as follows:
magnification device in position 1.9,
Large focus,
2point mode,
30 kV, 30 mAs.
2. Place the RMI 233 probe on the magnification plate, in the center of the Xray beam. Connect the
probe to an oscilloscope with memory facility select scan 5 ms/division.
3. Execute an exposure and observe the beginning of the exposure waveform on the oscilloscope. Adjust
P1 to obtain the shortest rise time, with no overshoot, as shown in the waveform 1 below:
381
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
HV AND kV/mA TANK

A wrong adjustment will result in wrong radiological thickness

CAUTION measurement during the preexposure in AOP mode. When the
adjustment is correct a normal exposure with 40 mm of plexiglas and a
cassette in AOP mode, and an exposure aborted just after the
preexposure in the same conditions, should display the same radiological
thickness on the technical parameter display.
ILLUSTRATION 2
HV RISETIME
V
1 CORRECT
DISASSEMBLY
RESPONSE
UNSATISFACTORY
2 FOR AEC/AOP
UNSATISFACTORY
3 FOR AEC/AOP &
NONCOMPLIANCE
WITH CDRH !
t
4. Carry out the operations described in the Job Cards: IST 016 then IST 017 and IST 003.
382
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Senographe DMR+ Job Card DR026 1 of 2
Version No.: 0
Purpose: MAGNIFICATION DEVICE
Date: May, 1997
Time: 15 min Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None.
SECTION 5
ADJUSTMENT OF MAGNIFICATION DEVICE IN ITS LATCHED POSITION
See Illustration 1.
1. Insert the plate in the guideway with the teeth engaged (Item 3).
2. Using the 2.5 mm Allen wrench, loosen the M5 Allen screw (Item 2) securing the left side of the guide
shaft (Item 1).
3. Keeping the magnification plate in contact with the bearing plate, and with the tooth (Item 3) in its
housing, pull the latching handle assembly (Item 1) to bring the tooth into contact with the edge of its
housing, and so removing play.
4. Tighten the M5 Allen screw (Item 2) securing the left side of the guide shaft.
5. Check that there is no play in the two magnification positions.
383
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
MAGNIFICATION DEVICE
ILLUSTRATION 1
3
2
DISASSEMBLY
1
1
384
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Senographe DMR+ Job Card DR027 1 of 2
Version No.: 0
Purpose: ARM ANGLE SENSOR
Date: August 1999
Time: 15 min Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D Arm Angle Sensor.

SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Small flat screwdriver; 4 mm Allen wrench.
DISASSEMBLY
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
385
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ARM ANGLE SENSOR

SECTION 5
PROCEDURE
5.1 Disassembly of Arm Angle Sensor
1. With the arm in the vertical position, remove power from the
DMR+ and remove the arm front cover.
2. Move the Image Receptor to minimum SID for access to the 3

bottom of the compression arm
3. Locate Arm Angle Sensor (1) on its mounting plate (2) at the
front bottom of the arm.
DISASSEMBLY
4. Locate and disconnect the angle sensor cable connector (3) at the
top of the arm.
7
5. Remove the ties which attach the angle sensor cable along the
compression arm.
6
6. To access the screws securing the Arm Angle Sensor assembly,
remove the bracket (4) by removing the three screws (5, 6, 7). 4
7. Remove the two screws securing the Arm Angle Sensor 5

mounting plate.
2
8. Remove and discard the defective sensor assembly. 1
5.2 Reassembly
Perform the steps of the disassembly procedure in reverse order.

Take care to install the angle sensor correctly. Potentiometer is seen from operator side.
5.3 Calibration and Functional Check

2. Perform the procedure given in Job Card IST 015 Calibration of Compression Arm Angulation.
THE SENOGRAPHE DMR IS NOW OPERATIONAL WITH THE NEW ARM ANGLE SENSOR.
386
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CHAPTER 4 ERROR CODES
SECTION 1
ERROR CODE STRUCTURE
The structure of the error messages, as displayed on the DMR console (e.g. E55 [text]
161/013), is shown below:
Error
E 5 5 text 1 6 1 0 1 3
a bb ccc ddd
I : Warning without exposure inhibition
S : Warning with exposure inhibition
a : type of error
E : Fault with exposure inhibition
K : Fault generating power cutoff (safety)
bb: message number
ccc: subassembly ref. (hardware or software)
ddd: number indicating origin of fault
In the above example:

E55 indicates an error concerning tube housing angulation and generating an exposure
ERROR CODES
inhibition.
161/013 indicates no reference crossing during movement.
E55 is the error code type listed in the Operator Manual. This code is easy to use and
communicate, and is considered sufficient for customer use.
161/013 is the technical code, recommended for GE internal communication.
The error code listing currently contains almost 500 codes. Around 200 of these codes
concern software errors which, by definition, should never occur.
If a software error should occur, especially if it occurs several times, please inform Service
Engineering, giving as many details as possible. If possible, provide the error codes file, on
diskette (see DR 19).
The error code listing, below, only contains codes ccc/ddd, to facilitate technical
communication. The TSG (Trouble Shooting Guide) column indicates the reference number
in the Trouble Shooting Guide (chapter 5), which should obviously be consulted first.
Note: *** : these 3 stars indicates an explanation at the end of this chapter (section 3) for a
possible known root cause.
41
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Abbreviations used:
IST: Installation
MNT: Maintenance
PM: Photomultiplier
HTPM: PM high tension
IPM: PM current
VRTX: Real time operating system
Where an error message refers to a signal with a French signal name, the corresponding
English language signal name is shown between parentheses.
It is also recommended that the Service Terminal be used to consult the error codes stored in
the generator CPU [screen @<310>] and the gantry CPU [screen @<5403>] (see ASM
Chapter 7 maintenance menus flowchart). This will enable any cascade error codes to be
correctly interpreted.
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor frequency too high or too low 171/015
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor in dead zone for more than 30 minutes 171/016
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor in dead zone for a short period 171/017
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor not present 171/018
ERROR CODES
42
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 2
ERROR CODE LIST
TSG MEANING OF CODE CODE
Gene CPU software error: VRTX error during init 002/001

Gene CPU software error: reboot by watch_dog_hard or reset button 002/002
Gene CPU software error: reboot by watch_dog_soft 002/003
Gene CPU: reboot after power microfailure 002/004
Gene CPU software error: bus error 003/000
Gene CPU software error: address error 003/001
Gene CPU software error: format error 003/002
Gene CPU software error: illegal instruction 003/003
Gene CPU software error: privilege violation 003/004
Gene CPU software error: trace error 003/005
Gene CPU software error: emulation line 1010 error 003/006
Gene CPU software error: emulation line 1111 error 003/007
Gene CPU software error: CHK error 003/008
Gene CPU software error: TRAPV error 003/009
ERROR CODES
Gene interface: reset error (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 004/001
Gene interface: read/write error on timer PTM1 (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 004/002
Gene interface: interrupt error on DUART1 (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 004/006
Gene interface: PTM1 timer 1 defective (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 004/007
Gene interface: interrupt error on PTM1 timer 1 (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 004/013
43
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Generator: fault at exposure command 006/000
Generator: fault at exposure command 006/001
04 Generator: signal kV_Inf_5 (Less_than_5kV) not rising 006/002
04 Generator: Signal En_Pose (Exposure_On) not rising 006/003
04 Generator: fatal security triggered during exposure 006/004
04 Generator: fatal security triggered at end of exposure or signal En_Pose (Exposure_On) 006/005
stays high
04 Generator: signal Secu_Rattrap (No_Fatal_Security) stays high after arcing recovery 006/011
19 Gene init tests: one fatal security input <> 0; xxx identifies input. 007/xxx
Access generator error log display for full error decoding.
Focus bias software error: unknown command 011/001
Focus bias software error: unknown task status 011/002
06 Focus bias: signal Pres_Polar (Bias_Presence) high in standby status 012/001
06 Focus bias: signal Pres_Polar (Bias_Presence) stays low when bias generation starts 012/002
06 Focus bias: signal Pres_Polar (Bias_Presence) goes low after stabilization 012/003
06 Focus bias: signal Pres_Polar (Bias_Presence) stays high after bias generation stopped 012/004
Anode starter software error: unknown command 016/001
ERROR CODES
Anode starter software error: unknown task status 016/002

05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) high in standby status 017/001
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) not rising during acceleration to 017/002
9000 rpm
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) not rising during acceleration to 017/003
6000 rpm
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) goes low during rotation at 017/004
9000 rpm
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) goes low during rotation at 017/005
6000 rpm
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) goes low during rotation (speed 017/006
< 9000 rpm)
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) goes low during rotation (speed 017/007
< 6000 rpm)
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) stays high during 9000 rpm 017/008
braking
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) stays high during 6000 rpm 017/009
braking
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) stays high during rotor failure 017/010
05 Anode starter: signal Pres_Rotation (Rotation_Presence) stays low during rotation 017/011
44
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Heater software error: unknown command 021/001

Heater software error: unknown task status 021/002
Heater software error: Heater scaling parameters (ICH) or heater values are not valid 021/003
03 Heater track 1: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) high in standby status 022/001
03 Heater track 1: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) stays low when heater started 022/002
03 Heater track 1: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) goes low during preheater phase 022/003
03 Heater track 1: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) goes low during 1st trigger 022/004
03 Heater track 1: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) goes low during exposure 022/005
18 Heater track 1: mA value not significant 022/006
03 Heater track 1: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) goes low after exposure 022/007
03 Heater track 1: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) stays high when heater stopped 022/008
03 Heater track 2: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) high in standby status 023/001
03 Heater track 2: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) stays low when heater started 023/002
03 Heater track 2: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) goes low during preheater phase 023/003
03 Heater track 2: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) goes low during 1st trigger 023/004
03 Heater track 2: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) goes low during exposure 023/005
03 Heater track 2: mA value not significant 023/006
ERROR CODES
03 Heater track 2: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) low after exposure 023/007
03 Heater track 2: signal Pres_Chauf (Heater_Presence) stays high when heater stopped 023/008
Grid sync software error: ACQ_NTR or ACQ_OVR received or unknown reply when 026/001
starting
Grid sync software error: ACQ_NTR or ACQ_OVR received or unknown reply when 026/002
stopping
Grid sync software error: unknown command 026/003
Grid sync software error: unknown task status 026/004
14, Grid sync: signal Synchro_Bras (Synchro_Arm) high in standby status 027/001
17
14 Grid sync: grid start signal not received or grid fault detected 027/002
17 Grid sync: signal Synchro_Bras (Synchro_Arm) low after grid start 027/003
14 Grid sync: grid stop signal not received or grid fault detected 027/004
Generator: delay task software error: unknown command 031/001
Generator: delay task software error: unknown task status 031/002
HTPM/IPM software error: ACQ_NTR or ACQ_OVR received or unknown reply 036/001
45
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

HTPM/IPM software error: unknown command 036/006
HTPM/IPM software error: unwanted command 036/007
HTPM/IPM software error: unknown task status 036/008
02 HTPM/IPM: HTPM reference not transmitted or HTPM fault 037/001
02 HTPM/IPM: IPM measurement request not transmitted or switch fault 037/002
02 HTPM/IPM: offset value outside tolerance 037/003
02 HTPM/IPM: HTPM measurement request not transmitted or switch fault 037/004
02 HTPM/IPM: invalid HTPM value (valid range = reference 20% ) 037/005
02 HTPM/IPM: IPM measurement request not transmitted after HTPM measurement or 037/006
switch fault
02 HTPM/IPM: HTPM reference not transmitted when stopped or HTPM fault 037/007
Gene thermal protection software: VRTX error 041/001
ERROR CODES
Gene thermal protection software: unknown anode starter status 041/005

Gantry thermal protection software: VRTX error 046/001
Filter wheel software error: ACQ_NTR or ACQ_OVR received or unknown reply 051/001
Filter wheel software error: unknown command 051/002
Filter wheel software error: unknown task status 051/003
12 Filter wheel: filter change request not transmitted or filter fault 052/001
Focus software error: ACQ_NTR or ACQ_OVR received or unknown reply 056/001
Focus software error: unknown command 056/002
Focus software error: unknown task status 056/003
03 Focus: focus change request not transmitted or focus fault 057/001
Gene to gantry communication driver: no reply from gantry after 2 attempts 061/000
Gene to control panel communication driver: no reply from control panel after 2 attempts 062/000
Gene init tests: no gantry status feedback after 10 requests 063/006
Gene date/time: access timeout during dater init 066/000
Gene date/time: access timeout during read sequence 066/001
Gene date/time: access timeout during write sequence 066/002
46
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Gene date/time: access timeout during time write sequence 066/003

Generator: Zero divide 067/000
Generator: floating point calculation error. xxx is VRTX task number see TSG 021 068/xxx
Generator: checksum error on battery saved memory 071/081
01 Generator: timeout on signal Alim_Puis_OK (Inv_Supply_OK) (going low or high) 071/082
Generator: error reading kV law table in 0 pt technique (AOP) 071/083
Exposure software error: ACQ_NTR or ACQ_OVR received at start of 1st trigger 072/001
Exposure software error: ACQ_NTR or ACQ_OVR received at end of 1st trigger 072/003
Exposure software error: unknown origin of aborted exposure 072/004
Exposure software error: aborted by PM in 2 pt technique 072/005
Exposure software error: unknown exposure technique 072/006
Exposure software error: unstable system task detected 072/007
Exposure software error: unknown task status 072/008
Exposure software error: 0 pt or 1 pt exposure and gantry absent 072/009
Gene software error (IST, standby): parameter display problem 073/001
Gene software error (IST, standby): unknown tube type 073/002
Gene software error (IST, standby): alpha=0.0 when calculating value P_NDac_HTPM 073/003
ERROR CODES
Gene software error (IST, standby): incorrect thickness for correlation calculation 073/004
Gene software error (IST, standby): bias calibration task problem 073/005
Gene software error (IST, standby): heater scale calibration task problem 073/006
Gene software error (IST, standby): HV/DAC calibration task problem 073/007
Gene software error (IST, standby): FREQ/HV calibration task problem 073/008
Gene software error (IST, standby): PM calibration task problem 073/009
Gene software error (IST, standby): gantry connection task problem 073/013
Gene software error (IST, standby): gantry connection fault 073/014
Gene software error (IST, standby): mA measurement calibration problem 073/017
Gene software error (IST, exposure): unknown exposure end 074/001
Gene software error (IST, exposure): unknown gantry reply 074/002
Gene software error (IST, exposure): unknown gantry reply 074/003
47
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Gene software error (IST, exposure): unknown exposure status 074/004

Gene software error (MNT): anode starter speed impossible 075/010
Gene software error (MNT): anode starter: abnormal test task status 075/011
Gene software error (MNT): heater: impossible track 075/020
Gene software error (MNT): heater: abnormal test task status 075/021
Gene software error (MNT): heater: abnormal test task status 075/022
Gene software error (MNT): bias: abnormal test task status 075/030
Gene software error (MNT): HV test: abnormal test task status 075/040
Gene software error (MNT): gate test: abnormal test task status 075/041
Gene software error (MNT): inverter test: abnormal test task status 075/042
Gene software error (MNT): mA value: abnormal test task status 075/050
Gene software error (MNT): mA measurement: abnormal test task status 075/051
Gene software error (MNT): grid sync: abnormal test task status 075/060
Gene software error (MNT): PM test: abnormal test task status 075/070
Gene software error (MNT): PM test: abnormal test task status 075/071
Gene software error (MNT): PM test: measurement timeout 075/072
Gene software error (MNT): error codes: display problem 075/090
ERROR CODES

Gene software error (MNT): transfer: frame code error 075/100
Gene software error (MNT): transfer: abnormal transfer task (save) status 075/101
Gene software error (MNT): transfer: abnormal transfer task (save) status 075/102
Gene software error (MNT): transfer: abnormal state transfer task (load) status 075/103
Gene software error (MNT): transfer: abnormal state transfer task (load) status 075/104
Gene software error (MNT): transfer: unknown frame 075/105
Gene software error (MNT): transfer: end of loading error 075/106
Gene software error (MNT): transfer: abnormal transfer task (protocol) status 075/107
Gene init tests software error: timeout on system task 078/002
Gene init tests software error: defective function will selfidentify 078/003
Gene init tests software error: error following VRTX request 078/128
04 Exposure aborted: timeout 079/001
48
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
03 Exposure aborted: heater fault *** 079/002

05 Exposure aborted: anode starter fault 079/003
01 Exposure aborted: power fault 079/004
Exposure aborted: generator fault 079/005
Exposure: no gantry acknowledgement (at start of 1st trigger) or gantry fault 079/006
Gantry fault detected before start of exposure 079/008
Exposure: no sync signal from gantry to start exposure 079/009
Exposure aborted by mA meter (0 pt or 1 pt technique) 079/010
Exposure: no gantry acknowledgement (at end of 1st trigger) or gantry fault 079/011
Gene (IST, exposure): heater fault 080/001
Gene (IST, exposure): anode starter fault 080/002
Gene (IST, exposure): power failure 080/003
Gene (IST, exposure): interface fault 080/004
Gene (IST, exposure): no gantry reply timeout after 1 second 080/005
Gene (IST, exposure): gantry fault 080/006
Gene (IST, exposure): no gantry reply to exposure command 080/007
Gene (IST, exposure): no grid sync feedback after timeout 080/008
ERROR CODES
Gene: Endurance error code 082/000
Generator: PROM checksum error 090/000
Gantry software error: VRTX error during init 100/001
Gantry interface: Reset error (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 101/001
Gantry interface: read/write error on timer PTM1 (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 101/002
Gantry interface: interrupt error on DUART1 (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 101/006
Gantry interface: PTM1 timer 1 defective (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 101/007
49
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

Gantry interface: interrupt error on PTM1 timer 1 (see Chap. 1 Sect. 3) 101/013
Gantry interface: PROM checksum error 101/020
Gantry interface: unexpected interrupt received (level 2) 101/023
Gantry software error: unknown origin of task call 105/000
Gantry software error: boolean expected 105/001
Gantry software error: unknown generator grid request 105/002
Gantry software error: unknown generator request for HTPM/IPM switch 105/003
Gantry software error: unknown 1st trigger status 105/004
Gantry software error: unknown language choice requested by generator 105/005
ERROR CODES
Gantry software error: unknown generator command 105/006

Gantry software error: unknown VRTX error code 105/009
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (light centering) 105/016
Gantry software error: unknown task command (light centering) 105/017
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (compression) 105/020
Gantry software error: unknown task command (compression) 105/021
Gantry software error: unknown compression pedal status 105/023
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (lateral collimator) 105/026
Gantry software error: unknown task command (lateral collimator) 105/027
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (rear collimator) 105/030
Gantry software error: unknown task command (rear collimator) 105/031
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (filter wheel) 105/034
Gantry software error: unknown task command (filter wheel) 105/035
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (tube angulation) 105/038
Gantry software error: unknown task command (tube angulation) 105/039
Gantry software error: unknown task command (format) 105/046
Gantry software error: unknown format 105/048
410
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (column up/down) 105/049

Gantry software error: unknown task command (column up/down) 105/050
Gantry software error: unknown column command button status code 105/051
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (arm rotation) 105/052
Gantry software error: unknown task command (compression arm rotation) 105/053
Gantry software error: unknown status code of compression arm rotation control button 105/054
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (tube arm rotation) 105/055
Gantry software error: unknown task command (tube arm rotation) 105/056
Gantry software error: unknown status code of tube arm rotation control button 105/057
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (grid) 105/063
Gantry software error: unknown event (grid) 105/065
Gantry software error: unknown acknowledgement (power calculation) 105/066
Gantry software error: unknown event (power calculation) 105/067
Gantry software error: unknown tube type 105/068
Gantry software error: unknown focus change code 105/069
Gantry software error: unknown filter code requested by generator 105/070
Gantry software error: unknown code for Exposure/No Exposure status management 105/071
ERROR CODES
Gantry software error: unknown exposure end code 105/072
Gantry software error: unknown Endurance code 105/073
Gantry software error: unknown Endurance event 105/074
Gantry/tube housing type configuration incompatibility (angulation/angulation) 105/080
Gantry/tube housing type configuration incompatibility (angulation/focus) 105/081
Gantry software error: column: unknown task return 106/002
Gantry software error: column: unknown task status 106/003
Gantry software error: column: unknown order transmitted to task 106/007
Gantry software error: compression: too long between task calls 107/001
Gantry software error: compression: unknown task return 107/002
Gantry software error: compression: unknown task status 107/003
Gantry software error: compression: unknown order transmitted to task 107/004
Gantry software error: lateral collimator: positioning timeout 108/001
Gantry software error: lateral collimator: unknown task return 108/002
411
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Gantry software error: lateral collimator: unknown task status 108/003

Gantry software error: lateral collimator: unknown order transmitted to task 108/006
Gantry software error: lateral collimator: unknown order transmitted to task 108/007
Gantry software error: lateral collimator: position reference value is outside tolerance 108/008
Gantry software error: rear collimator: positioning timeout 109/001
Gantry software error: rear collimator: unknown task return 109/002
Gantry software error: rear collimator: unknown task status 109/003
Gantry software error: rear collimator: unknown order transmitted to task 109/006
Gantry software error: rear collimator: unknown order transmitted to task 109/007
Gantry software error: rear collimator: position reference value is outside tolerance 109/008
Gantry software error: tube angulation: unknown task status 111/002
Gantry software error: tube angulation: unknown task return 111/003
ERROR CODES

Gantry software error: tube angulation: unknown order transmitted to task 111/006
Gantry software error: tube angulation: unknown order transmitted to task 111/007
Gantry software error: tube angulation: position reference value is outside tolerance 111/008
Gantry software error: tube angulation: task triggered by timeout 111/017
Gantry software error: filter wheel: unknown task return 112/000
Gantry software error: filter wheel: unknown task status 112/001
Gantry software error: filter wheel: 112/004
Gantry software error: filter wheel: unknown order transmitted to task 112/005
Gantry software error: light centering: unknown order transmitted to task 114/000
Gantry software error: unknown setup message 117/000
Gantry setup access: generator end of exposure timeout 117/002
Gantry setup access: communication sync problem at setup access 117/003
Gantry software error: grid: task triggered by timeout (calibration time too long) 118/000
Gantry software error: grid: unknown task return 118/001
412
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Gantry software error: grid: unknown task status 118/002

Gantry software error: grid: unknown order transmitted to task 118/005
Gantry software error: grid: unknown order transmitted to task 118/006
14 Grid movement: overcurrent detected 118/007
14 Grid movement: grid calibration time too long 118/008
14 Grid movement: overcurrent detected 118/009
14 Grid movement: invalid offset 118/010
14 Grid movement: invalid gain 118/011
14 Grid movement: limit of travel not found 118/012
Gantry software error: arm lock: unknown task return 120/000
Gantry software error: arm lock: unknown task status 120/001
Gantry software error: arm lock: unknown task status 120/002
Gantry software error: arm lock: unknown order transmitted to task 120/003
Gantry software error: rot. brake: unknown order transmitted to task 121/000
Gantry software error: rot. brake: unknown task status 121/001
ERROR CODES
Gantry software error: rot. brake: unknown task status 121/002
Gantry software error: rot. brake: unknown task return 121/003
Gantry software error: rot. brake: unknown order transmitted to task 121/004
Gantry software error: Reset triggered by Watch_dog_soft 122/007
Gantry software error: grid sensor Presence_Trame (Grid_Presence) not high or low 122/013
Gantry software error: tube housing thermal contact not high or low 122/014
Gantry: checksum error on battery saved memory 151/000
Gantry Endurance error code: synchronisation 153/075
Gantry Endurance error code: column 153/076
Gantry Endurance error code: compression 153/077
Gantry Endurance error code: compression arm rotation 153/078
Gantry Endurance error code: tube housing arm rotation 153/079
Gantry Endurance error code: lateral collimator 153/080
Gantry Endurance error code: rear collimator 153/081
Gantry Endurance error code: light centering device 153/082
413
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Gantry Endurance error code: filter 153/083

Gantry Endurance error code: grid movement 153/084
Gantry Endurance error code: tube housing angulation 153/085
Gantry Endurance error code: other function 153/086
Tube housing type/gantry configuration incompatibility (focus/angulation) 155/082
Tube housing type/gantry configuration incompatibility (focus/angulation) 155/083
08 Column up/down: Both end of travel sensors are closed 156/008
08 Column up/down: is locked in both directions (from speed measurement) 156/009
08 Column up/down: signal Pres_Log_Asc (Column_Soft_Pres) too long in low status 156/010
08 Column up/down: signal Pres_Log_Asc (Column_Soft_Pres) too long in low status 156/011
08 Column up/down: signal Pres_Log_Asc (Column_Soft_Pres) too long in high status 156/012
08 Column up/down: signals Asc_Inactif & R_On_Asc 156/013
(Column_Power_Inactive & On_Column_Return) both high
08 Column up/down: Pres_Log_Asc*Pres_Oper_Asc*On_Asc 156/014
(Column_Soft_Pres*Column_Operator_Pres*On_Column) = 1 & R_On_Asc
(On_Column_Return) = 0
08 Column up/down: Pres_Log_Asc*Pres_Oper_Asc*On_Asc 156/015
(Column_Soft_Pres*Column_Operator_Pres*On_Column) = 0 & R_On_Asc
(On_Column_Return) = 0 & Asc_Inactif (Column_Power_Inactive) = 1
ERROR CODES
08 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (column);Asc_Inactif & R_On_Asc 156/016

(Column_Power_Inactive & On_Column_Return) both low
08 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (column);Asc_Inactif 156/017
(Column_Power_Inactive) low & column defective
08 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (column); signal Asc_Inactif 156/018
(Column_Power_Inactive) high during init
08 Column up/down: signal R_On_Asc (On_Column_Return) high during init 156/019
08 Column up/down: direction of movement is opposite to the desired direction 156/020
08 Column up/down: up end of travel sensor is defective 156/021
08 Column up/down: down end of travel sensor is defective 156/022
08 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (column); R_On_Asc (On_Column_Return) 156/023
high without legal command
08 Column up/down: column is driven up but measured speed = 0 cm/s 156/024
08 Column up/down: column is driven down but measured speed = 0 cm/s 156/025
08 Column up/down: emergency stop produced if movement continues more than 500 mS 156/027
after command release
10 Compression: motor slipping during reference search *** 157/005
10 Compression: abnormal immobility of paddle *** 157/006
10 Compression: loss of steps detected at reference crossing *** 157/007
414
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
10 Compression: abnormal step generation detected (during init) 157/008

10 Compression: signal Valid_Comp (Comp_Valid) cannot inhibit paddle movement (during 157/009
init)
10 Compression: counter used by force sensor no longer incremented *** 157/010
10 Compression: position sensor closed too long during compression 157/011
10 Compression: no reference crossing during decompression *** 157/012
10 Compression: signal Pres_Oper (Operator_Presence) cannot inhibit paddle movement 157/013
(during init)
10 Compression: signal Pres_Ajust (Comp_Adjust) too long in low status 157/014
10 Compression: signal Pres_Ajust (Comp_Adjust) too long in high status 157/015
10 Compression: signal Pres_Log_Comp (Comp_Soft_Pres) cannot inhibit paddle movement 157/016
(during init)
10 Compression: signal Pres_Log_Comp (Comp_Soft_Pres) too long in low status 157/017
10 Compression: signal Pres_Log_Comp (Comp_Soft_Pres) too long in high status 157/018
10 Compression: power supply problem (signal Alim_OK (Power_Supply_Active)) 157/020
10 Compression: phase1 & phase2 cannot be low at the same time (during init) 157/021
10 Compression: signal Pres_Log_Comp (Comp_Soft_Pres) high (during init) 157/022
10 Compression: slipping during decompression movement *** 157/023
ERROR CODES
11 Lateral collimator motor: loss of steps detected at reference crossing 158/009
11 Lateral collimator: no reference crossing during movement 158/013
11 Lateral collimator: optical sensor detection problem 158/017
11 Lateral collimator: optical sensor detection problem 158/018
11 Lateral collimator: slipping during collimator movement *** 158/019
11 Rear collimator motor: loss of steps detected at reference crossing 159/009
11 Rear collimator: no reference crossing during movement 159/013
415
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

11 Rear collimator: optical sensor detection problem 159/017
11 Rear collimator: optical sensor detection problem 159/018
11 Rear collimator: slipping during collimator movement *** 159/019
11 Front collimator motor: loss of steps detected at reference crossing 160/009
11 Front collimator: no reference crossing during movement 160/013
11 Front collimator: optical sensor detection problem 160/017
11 Front collimator: optical sensor detection problem 160/018
11 Front collimator: slipping during collimator movement *** 160/019
07 Tube housing angulation: no reference crossing during movement 161/000
ERROR CODES

07 Tube housing angulation: loss of steps detected at reference crossing 161/009
12 Filter wheel: step number error between two references 162/006
12 Filter wheel: no reference crossing during rotation 162/011
12 Filter wheel: in standby, wheel moved from stable position 162/012
09 Light centering device: signal Centreur_OK (Light_Centering_OK) too long in low status 164/001
416
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
14 Grid movement: power supply problem (signal Alim_OK (Power_Supply_Active)) 168/020

15 Interarm lock: signal Pres_Log_Ver (Lock_Soft_Pres) too long in low status 170/005
15 Interarm lock: signal Pres_Log_Ver (Lock_Soft_Pres) too long in high status 170/006
15 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (arm lock); Eta_Verrou_Off 170/007
(Lock_Power_Inactive) low during init
15 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (arm lock); Eta_Verrou_Off & R_On_Verrou 170/008
(Lock_Power_Inactive & On_Lock_Return) both low
15 Interarm lock: signals Eta_Verrou_Off & R_On_Verrou (Lock_Power_Inactive & 170/009
On_Lock_Return) both in high status
15 Interarm lock: R_On_Verrou (On_Lock_Return) = 0 & 170/010
Pres_Log_Ver*Pres_Oper_Ver*On_Verrou (Lock_Soft_Pres*Lock_Oper_Pres*On_Lock) =
1
15 Interarm lock: signal R_On_Verrou (On_Lock_Return) high without legal command 170/011
15 Interarm lock: signal R_On_Verrou (On_Lock_Return) high during init 170/012
15 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (arm lock); R_On_Verrou 170/013
(On_Lock_Return) high without legal command
13 Arm rot. brake: signal Pres_Log_Frein_Rot (Rot_Brake_Soft_Pres) from compression arm 171/005
too long in low status
13 Arm rot. brake: signal Pres_Log_Frein_Rot (Rot_Brake_Soft_Pres) from compression arm 171/006
too long in high status
13 Arm rot. brake: signal R_On_Frein (On_Brake_Return) high, but signal Eta_Rot_Off 171/007
ERROR CODES
(Rotat_Power_Inactive) low
13 Arm rot. brake: Pres_Log_Frein_Rot*Pres_Oper*On_Frein_Rot 171/008
(Rot_Brake_Soft_Pres*Operator_Present*On_Rotation_Brake) = 1 & R_On_Frein_Rot
(On_Rotation_Brake_Return) = 0
13 Arm rot. brake: signal R_On_Frein_Rot (On_Rotation_Brake_Return) high without legal 171/009
command
13 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (arm brake); Eta_Rot_Off 171/010
(Rotat_Power_Inactive) & R_On_Frein_Rot (On_Rotation_Brake_Return) are low
(Rotat_Power_Inactive) low & comp. arm defective
(Rotat_Power_Inactive) low during init
13 Arm rot. brake: signal R_On_Frein_Rot (On_Rotation_Brake_Return) high during init 171/013
13 Power shutdown: uncontrolled movement risk (arm brake); R_On_Frein_Rot 171/014
(On_Rotation_Brake_Return) high without legal command
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor frequency too high or too low 171/015
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor in dead zone for more than 30 minutes 171/016
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor in dead zone for a short period 171/017
Angle sensor failure; rotation angle sensor not present 171/018
17 Magnification sensor: unknown magnification code 172/003
417
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Gantry interface: arm lock temperature calculation problem 172/004

Gantry interface: Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) signal low during init 172/005
Power failure due to CPU reset *** 172/006
Gantry interface: date write error 172/007
Gantry interface: time write error 172/008
Button interlock: signal Presence_Operateur (Operator_Pres) too long in high status 172/009
Button interlock: signal Presence_Operateur (Operator_Pres) too long in low status 172/010
17 SID sensor: unknown SID code 172/011
17 Arm angulation sensor: unknown angulation code 172/012
Gantry interface: date/time function read error 172/014
08 Signal On_Asc (On_Column) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/015
09 Signal On_Centreur (On_Light_Centering) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/016
10 Signal On_Comp high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/017
13 Signal On_Frein (On_Rotation_Brake) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/018
15 Signal On_Verrou (On_Lock) (Arm lock) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/019
14 Signal On_Trame (On_Grid) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/020
11 Signal Mot_Diaph_L_1 (Lat_Diaph_Motor_1) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still 172/021
ERROR CODES
low
11 Signal Mot_Diaph_L_2 (Lat_Diaph_Motor_2) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still 172/022
low
11 Signal Mot_Diaph_A_1 (Rear_Diaph_Motor_1) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still 172/023
low
11 Signal Mot_Diaph_A_2 (Rear_Diaph_Motor_2) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still 172/024
low
Signal Mot_Gaine_1 (Housing_Motor_1) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/025
Signal Mot_Gaine_2 (Housing_Motor_2) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/026
12 Signal Mot_Filtre_1 (Filter_Motor_1) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/027
12 Signal Mot_Filtre_2 (Filter_Motor_2) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still low 172/028
Signal R_Standby_Gaine (Housing_Standby_Return) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) 172/029
still low
Signal R_Standby_Filtre (Filter_Standby_Return) high but Bouclage_OK (Loops_OK) still 172/030
low
Signal R_Standby_Diap_L (Lat_Diaph_Standby_Return) high but Bouclage_OK 172/031
(Loops_OK) still low
Signal R_Standby_Diap_P (Rear_Diaph_Standby_Return) high but Bouclage_OK 172/032
(Loops_OK) still low
10 Compression: one pedal pressed and signal Pres_Pedale (Pedal_Presence) low 172/055
418
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
10 Compression: no pedal pressed and signal Pres_Pedale (Pedal_Presence) high 172/056

Fuse fault: signal Fuse_OK low 172/064
Power supply: ISO supply defective on 800PL4 172/065
Power supply: +15V supply defective on 800PL2 172/067
Power supply: one (or more) supplies defective on 800PL1 (except +27V) 172/068
Power microfailure detected 172/088
ERROR CODES
419
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
SECTION 3
ERROR CODES: KNOWN ROOT CAUSES
079/002 + 023/006: no mA measurement; change 701PL1 (kV/mA board).
157/005: check for play between compression motor axis and pulley (screw not tightened).
157/006: check for bad feedback from the compression encoder.
157/007: check for defective cable on the compression steel spring.
157/010: loss of compression feedback; a square wave should be always present between TP
14 and TP1 (0V) of 800PL2.
157/012: check cable between 800PL8 and 800PL5.
157/023: check for play between compression motor axis and pulley (screw not tightened).
158/019: check for play between collimator lateral motor axis and pulley (screw not
tightened). Possible problem with 800PL1 (Gantry power board).
159/019: check for play between collimator rear motor axis and pulley (screw not tightened).
ERROR CODES
160/019: S check for mechanical play between collimator front motor axis and blade (screw
not tightened).
S Check for poor position of the flag in optocoupler fork.
S Check the calibration of front blade in IST030.
172/006: if appearing at power on, the gantry interface board is probably defective.
420
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
SECTION 1
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE JOB CARDS
JOB CARD No. PURPOSE
TSG 001 GENERATOR POWER-UP SEQUENCE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 002 PHOTO CELL TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 003 HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 004 HV TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 005 ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 006 BIAS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 007 TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 008 TELESCOPIC COLUMN TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 009 LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 010 COMPRESSION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 011 REAR, LATERAL AND FRONT COLLIMATOR TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 012 FILTER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 013 ARM ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 014 GRID MOVEMENT TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 015 INTERARM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TROUBLESHOOTING
TSG 016 GANTRY SENSOR STATUS TROUBLESHOOTING
TSG 017 ARM SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
TSG 018 XRAY TUBE mA MEASUREMENT TROUBLESHOOTING
TSG 019 GENERATOR INTERFACE INPUT TROUBLESHOOTING
TSG 020 CONSOLE TROUBLESHOOTING
TSG 021 FLOATING POINT CALCULATION ERROR 068/022 IN AEC / AOP MODE
51
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
TROUBLESHOOTING
52
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Senographe DMR Job Card TSG 001 1 of 2
Purpose: GENERATOR POWER-UP SEQUENCE Version No.: 1

TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS Date: Jan. 1996
Time: x h xx min Personnel: 1 field engineer
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
Multimeter
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
SECTION 5
GENERATOR POWERUP SEQUENCE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
See illustration 51 thru 59.
TROUBLESHOOTING
53
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GENERATOR POWER-UP SEQUENCE

TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS Job Card TSG 001 2 of 2
Blank page
TROUBLESHOOTING
54
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: PHOTO CELL TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW Version No.: 1

CHARTS Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
D Communications software
D Communications cable
D Multimeter and/or oscilloscope
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
SECTION 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
PHOTO CELL TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
5.1 Turn off the Senographe DMR.
5.2 Connect the communications cable between the service terminal and generator interface board
400PL2 connector XJ4.
5.3 Turn on the service terminal and the Senographe DMR.
5.4 Load communications software.
5.5 Select Terminal Emulator (See chapter 2 if necessary).
5.6 Press F10 key on service terminal.
55
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
PHOTO CELL TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW

CHARTS Job Card TSG 002 2 of 2
5.7 Go to PM BOARD MAINT TEST menu @<00292> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path: SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/1>2/PM

PM BOARD MAINTENANCE TEST MENU NO. 292
F9 P G I
PM BOARD MAINT TEST
REF ON OFF AUTOTEST C R
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 kV mAs
M D
=> @<00292>
PM board test : inactive test

PM board autotest : YES
PM_HV reference value : 300.0 V
Measured value : XXX.X V
Measured offset : XXXX.XX Hz
Note: To change test configuration or exit the test, it is necessary to press OFF (F4) first.
Note: PM board autotest must be configured to YES via F6 for error messages to be displayed.
Note: To make measurements on hardware, configure PM board autotest to NO via F6. (No messages
are displayed.)
TROUBLESHOOTING
See illustrations 510 thru 511.
56
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
57
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

Job Card TSG 003 2 of 2
5.7 Go to HEATER MAINTENANCE menu @<00286> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path: SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/HEAT

HEATER MAINTENANCE TEST MENU NO. 286
F9 P G I
HEATER MAINTENANCE TEST
TRACK REF BOOST AUTOTEST C R
M D
=> @<00286>
Heater test : inactive test
Heater autotest : YES
Selected track : TRACK 1
Current reference value : 4.000 A
Test with boost : NO

TROUBLESHOOTING
Heater detection : NO
To perform the test, press the first trigger.
58
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: HV TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D HV grease
D HV oil
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
HV TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
59
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
HV TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

5.7 Go to HIGH VOLTAGE TEST menu @<00306> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path: SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/HV/HV

HIGH VOLTAGE TEST MENU NO. 306
F9 P G I
HIGH VOLTAGE TEST ref = 22.0 kV
REF
M D
=> @<00306>
HV inverter test : inactive test Securities :
HV reference value : 22.0 kV POWER_SUPPLY_FAIL XJ2 26 : NO
Arcings number :0 EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX XJ2 27 : NO
EXPOSURE_ON XJ2 23 : NO REGULATION_TIMEOUT XJ2 28 : NO
LESS_THAN_5KV XJ2 4243 : YES HEAT_SINK_TEMP XJ2 29 : NO

TROUBLESHOOTING
NO_FATAL_SECU XJ2 24 : NO INVERTER_IMAX XJ2 30 : NO
FATAL_SECURITY XJ2 25 : NO KV_DROP XJ2 31 : NO
KV_MAX XJ2 32 : NO
MA_MAX XJ2 33 : NO
To perform the test, press the second trigger.
510
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING Version No.: 1

FLOW CHARTS Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
511
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW

5.8 Go to ROTOR MAINTENANCE menu @<00285> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path: SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/ROTOR

ROTOR MAINTENANCE TEST MENU NO. 285
F9 P G I
ROTOR MAINTENANCE TEST
RPM AUTOTEST C R
M D
=> @<00285>
Rotor test : inactive test
Rotor autotest : YES
Rotor Speed : 6000 RPM

TROUBLESHOOTING
Rotation presence : NO
Rotor active presence : NO (returns to NO only at end of anode braking sequence)
Acceleration presence : NO (YES only during acceleration sequence)
512
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: BIAS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
BIAS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
,)& ' +! &' )(!
'&&+ +! '%%,&"+"'&* $ +.& +! *)-" +)%"&$ & &)+') "&+) ')
'&&+')

,)& '& +! *)-" +)%"&$ & +! &' )(!
' '%%,&"+"'&* *'+.)
$+ )%"&$ %,$+') !(+) " &**)/
)** #/ '& *)-" +)%"&$
513
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
BIAS TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS


$ ($ "#)
!$* $& +%( '&# $# )&( $#
Menu Path: SETUP/GENE/MAINT/MAINT/MAINT/BIAS

BIAS MAINTENANCE TEST MENU NO. 287
F9 P G I
BIAS MAINTENANCE TEST
VOLTAGE AUTOTEST C R
M D
=> @<00287>
Bias test : inactive test
Bias autotest : YES
Voltage reference value : XXXX V
Bias detection : NO
TROUBLESHOOTING
See illustration 522.
514
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION TROUBLES- Version No.: 1

HOOTING FLOW CHARTS Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
515
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION TROUBLESHOO-

TING FLOW CHARTS Job Card TSG 007 2 of 2
5.7 Go to HOUSING ANGULATION TEST menu @<07004> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:
/MAINT/1>2/HOUS/TEST
HOUSING ANGULATION TEST MENU NO. 7004
F9 P G I
HOUSING ANGULATION TEST
CURRENT PHAS1 PHA2 ANGL+ ANGL C R
M D
=> @<07004>
COMMANDS
Current Value = Disabled
PHASE 1 = Disabled
PHASE 2 = Disabled
STATUS
Reference =X
TROUBLESHOOTING
COMMENTS
516
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: TELESCOPIC COLUMN TROUBLESHOOTING Version No.: 1

FLOW CHARTS Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
TELESCOPIC COLUMN TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
517
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
TELESCOPIC COLUMN TROUBLESHOOTING

FLOW CHARTS Job Card TSG 008 2 of 2
5.7 Go to TELESC COLUMN TEST menu @<07002> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:
MAINT/COLUMN
ARM LOCK TEST MENU NO. 7002
F9 P G I
TELESC COLUMN TEST
MVT SOFT PWR+ PWR Z_POS C R
M D
=> @<07002>
COMMANDS
MoVemenT = Disabled SOFTware = Off
PoWeR = Up +++
STATUS
Down Limit = Closed Motor Supply = Off
Up Limit = Open Motor Cmd = Off

TROUBLESHOOTING
Up Button = Off % Power = 39 / 40
Down Button = Off Speed [cm/s] = +0.000E+0
Software Pres = Off Position [cm] = +0.000E+0
Button Secu = Off Fuse = Ok
COMMENTS
Column Mvt = STOP ( Movement Disabled ...)
CAUTION : No End Limit ! F9 : EMERGENCY STOP
518
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
INTERARM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
519
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE TROUBLESHOOTING

FLOW CHARTS Job Card TSG 009 2 of 2
5.7 Go to LIGHT CENTERING TEST menu @<07003> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:
MAINT/LIGHT
F9 P G I
LIGHT CENTERING TEST
CMD C R
M D
=> @<07003>
COMMANDS
CoMmanD = Off
STATUS
Lock Button = Off
Light Supply = Off

TROUBLESHOOTING
Fuse = On
COMMENTS
Light Centering = NO
520
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: COMPRESSION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
521
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
COMPRESSION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW

5.7 Go to COMPRESSION TEST menu @<07000> (See below for expected screen configuration).
Menu Path:
/MAINT/COMP/TEST
COMPRESSION TEST MENU NO. 7000
F9 P G I
COMPRESSION TEST
MVT POWER SOFT SP + SP 1 > 2 C R
M D
=> @<07000>
COMMANDS
MoVemenT = Disabled SPeed = 0.6 mm/s
POWER = Off % CURrent = 100 %
SOFTware = Off
STATUS
Comp Foot Sw = Off Foot Security = Off
Decomp Foot Sw = Off Button Secu = Off

TROUBLESHOOTING
Direction = Decompression Soft Pres = Off
Position [cm] = +0.000E+0 Force Sensor = +3.755E1
Rotat Button = +0.000E+0 Phase Reading =3
Paddle Ref = Open Fuse = Ok
COMMENTS
Paddle Mvt = STOP ( Movement Disabled ...)
CAUTION : No End Limit ! F9 : EMERGENCY STOP
522
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: REAR, LATERAL AND FRONT COLLIMATOR Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
REAR, LATERAL AND FRONT COLLIMATOR TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
523
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
REAR, LATERAL AND FRONT COLLIMATOR

TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS Job Card TSG 011 2 of 2
5.7 Go to REAR COLLIMATOR TEST menu @<07005> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:
/MAINT/1>2/COLLI/REAR/TEST
REAR COLLIMATOR TEST MENU NO. 7005
F9 P G I
REAR COLLIMATOR TEST
CURRENT PHAS1 PHAS2 OPEN CLOSE C R
M D
=> @<07005>
COMMANDS
PHASE 1 = Disabled
PHASE 2 = Disabled
STATUS
Reference =X
TROUBLESHOOTING
PL1 Supplies = Ok
Fuse = Ok
COMMENTS
524
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: FILTER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
TELESCOPIC COLUMN TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
525
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
FILTER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

5.7 Go to FILTER TEST menu @<07009>. (See below for expected screen configuration.)
Menu Path:
/MAINT/MAINT/1>2/FILTR/TEST
FILTER TEST MENU NO. 7009
F9 P G I
FILTER TEST
CURRENT PHAS1 PHA2 ROT+ ROT C R
M D
=> @<07009>
COMMANDS
PHASE 1 = Disabled
PHASE 2 = Disabled
STATUS
Reference = Open
TROUBLESHOOTING
COMMENTS
526
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: ARM ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
ARM ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
527
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ARM ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW

5.7 Go to ARM ROTATION TEST menu @<07014> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:
/MAINT/ROT
F9 P G I
ARM ROTATION TEST
MVT SOFT C R
M D
=> @<07014>
COMMANDS
MoVemenT = Disabled
SOFTware = Off
STATUS
Rot Button = Off Brake Cde = Off
Software Pres = Off Brake Supply = Off

TROUBLESHOOTING
Button Secu = Off Fuse = Ok
COMMENTS
Rotation Brake = OFF ( Button Security Off...)
See illustrations 535.
528
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: BUCKY TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS Version No.:

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
D None.
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
D None.
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
D None.
SECTION 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
GRID MOVEMENT TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
Note: Before investigating a grid error, be sure that the procedures of Job Card IST 015 Calibration of
Compression Arm Angulation have been correctly carried out, so that grid movement is made in the
correct sense (up first) when the arm angle is positive or negative.
529
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
BUCKY TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

5.7 Go to GRID MAINTENANCE menu @<07114> (See below for expected screen configuration).
Menu Path:

ILLUSTRATION 1
GRID MAINTENANCE MENU NO. 7114

=> @<07114>
COMMANDS
Command =
STATUS
Min = XXXXXXXXX Grid End Stop =X
Max = XXXXXXXXX Over Current = No

TROUBLESHOOTING
Gain = XXXXXXXXX Grid Presence =X
Offset = XXXXXXXXX Fuse = Ok
COMMENTS
Remark =
Note: MVT2 (F5) and ExTIME (F6) are not used in Senographe DMR maintenance.
530
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.8 Bucky calibration errors
5.8.1 118/011: Gain error
The DMR gantry software detects a gain error if the calculated gain is < 0.25 or equals 1.00.
Using installation or maintenance menus, a warning message INVALID GAIN is displayed if:
0.25 < gain < 0.4.
The gain must be between 0.5 and 0.6 for correct operation. If the gain is too high, it can induce a 118/012
error if the offset is too far from 0.5. Incorrect gain can induce grid lines
The gain is affected by:
1. The distance between the magnet and the Hall sensor.
Fine tuning of this distance is made by adjustment of the black screw on top of the magnet mounting.
Loosen the two securing screws slightly, then adjust the black screw until the gain is in the range 0.5 to
0.6. Check the gain again after tightening the securing screws.
2. The electronic circuitry.
3. Of course, the quality of the magnet.
4. Jumper settings on the Gantry power board; refer to the Service Manual, Job Card IST 037.
5.8.2 118/010: Offset error
The DMR gantry software detects an offset error if the calculated offset is < 0.20 or > 0.8.
Using installation or maintenance menus, a Warning message: INVALID OFFSET is displayed if:
0.20 < offset < 0.35 or 0.65 < offset < 0.80.
The offset value must be as close as possible to 0.5 (5.000 E1).
The offset value is affected if:
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. The blade is not centered in the opto-interruptor. The LED DS2 must be OFF at both mechanical stops.
2. The magnet does not move perpendicularly respect to the Hall sensor.
3. The examination arm is tilted at " 90. This effect is produced by grid weight. The normal offset shift
is " 0.04.
For example: 0.46 (4.600 E1) with the tube tilted to the left.
0.50 (5.000 E1) with the arm vertical.
0.54 (5.400 E1) with the tube tilted to the right.
4. Fine tuning of the offset is made by moving the blade around the centered position until the offset is
0.5 +0.01 with the arm vertical.
Note: Under some circumstances, for example after calibration, the LED may be ON at the electronic
end-of-travel position. This is normal.
531
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

ILLUSTRATION 2
BUCKY MECHANISM
Opto-interruptor blade Magnet adjustment Magnet securing
Stop plate
securing screws screw screws
5.8.3 118/012: Limit of travel not found error
This fault occurs if:

1. There is abnormal friction.
If the effort to produce movement is too high, the gain is artificially raised. An overcurrent current
detection is also possible in this case.
TROUBLESHOOTING
2. Gain too high and/or incorrect offset.

3. Defective photointerrupter F1 on 800PL10.
4. Motor cannot move: open voice coil wires; defective electronic circuitry.
5. Motor moves only in one direction: defective electronic circuitry (800PL1).
6. Abnormal motor friction: may be caused by melted voice coil wires.
7. Optical endoftravel cannot be reached before mechanical stop:
800PL10 not centered.
. Motor not aligned.
Stop plate not correctly adjusted.
532
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.9 A few hints about grid components
5.9.1 Hall effect sensor
Hall sensor output is +4 V (" 50 mV) without any magnetic field measured on TP1/TP2 (800PL10).
With the magnet flying above the sensor, the output varies in the range +2.0 to +6.0 volts. Perfect symmetry
around 4 volts is not mandatory, depending on magnet / sensor distance. Output levels depend on the gain
adjustment (magnet distance; refer to section 5.8.1).
Maximum positive value is obtained when grid carriage is away (far) from motor side.
5.9.2 Grid motor
Typical impedance of the voice coil is five ohms (connector J2 on 800PL10).

Longitudinal motor shaft travel must be free (no hard spots).
Note that rotating the motor shaft will destroy the voice coil.
5.9.3 Definition of gain & offset
Gain = (MAX MIN) / A

Offset = (MAX + MIN) / (2* A) with A = 65535
Example:
If MAX = 60000 and MIN = 15000
Then gain = 0.69 and Offset = 0.57
And also: MIN = A* (Offset (Gain/2))
MAX = A* (Offset + (Gain/2))
Note: Remember the drive is made on 16 bits with a 12 (upper) bit resolution. So maximum displayed value
TROUBLESHOOTING
is hex FFF0 = 65520 decimal (6.552 E+4 in scientific notation).
Note: Board 800PL10 and the motor are not FRU parts, because adjustment requires a special tool.
If these parts are diagnosed as faulty, a complete bucky must be ordered.
533
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

ILLUSTRATION 3
TYPICAL GRID TRAVEL DURING CALIBRATION AND EXPOSURE
Mechanical travel (10 mm) given by stop plate.

Grid sides must not hit guides before the stop plate.
65520
63530 Upper value for
calib limit message
MAX
Optical
range
(8 mm) DAC drive
range
32768
Grid centered
MIN
Lower value for

2000 calib limit message
0
CALIBRATION PHASE
Maximum motor travel 11 mm if motor is well centered
MAX
TROUBLESHOOTING
MIN
Travel amplitude during exposure Travel amplitude during exposure

when arm angle is positive when arm angle is negative
Note: Grid always travels up first when arm

is tilted (not applicable in calibration
phase).
534
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: INTERARM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLES- Version No.: 1

HOOTING FLOW CHARTS Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
INTERARM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
535
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
INTERARM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLESHOO-

TING FLOW CHARTS Job Card TSG 015 2 of 2
5.7 Go to ARM LOCK TEST menu @<07011> (See below for expected screen configuration).
Menu Path:
MAINT/LOCK
F9 P G I
ARM LOCK TEST
MVT SOFT C R
M D
=> @<07011>
COMMANDS
MoVemenT = Disabled
SOFTware = Off
STATUS
Lock Button = Off Lock Supplied = Off
Software Pres = Off Arm Tilt = 0 Degree

TROUBLESHOOTING
Button Secu = Off Temperature = +X.XXXE+X
Lock Command = Off Fuse = Ok
COMMENTS
Lock = OFF ( Movement Disabled ...)
CAUTION : Maximum Temperature = 100 F9 : EMERGENCY STOP
536
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GANTRY SENSOR STATUS Version No.: 1

TROUBLESHOOTING Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
None
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
SECTION 5
GANTRY SENSOR STATUS TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
537
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.7 Go to GANTRY SENSOR STATUS menu @<07015> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:
/MAINT/ 1>2 /SENSO
GANTRY SENSOR STATUS MENU NO. 7015
F9 P G I
GANTRY SENSOR STATUS
C R
M D
=> @<07015>
Collim Button = Off Tube Safety = Cold

Bucky Size = 24 x 30 Fuse = Ok
Magnification = None PL2 15V Supply = Ok
S. I. D. = 560 PL4 Iso Supply = Ok
Arm Tilt = 0 Degree PL1 Supplies = Ok
Stereotix = Disables Motion System Detection = Film
Trans. check 0 = OK Cassette Presence = No
Trans. check 1 = OK Bucky Presence = yes
Operator Presence = No Breast Holder Presence = No
TROUBLESHOOTING
Note: 1. Trans. check 0 = OK indicates that the Data RC serial data link within the cable 800pl5 XJ1 to
800PL2 XJ4 is correct, or data has been correctly transmitted. If the Data RC cable is disconnected
or cut, Trans. check 0 = NOT OK.
2. Data RC includes the following signals:

cde ASC + cde ASC
cde FREIN ROT (brake rotation) cde presence operator (ENABLE)
grand 0, grand 1, grand 2 (magnification controls)
presence K7 (cassette present) 24 x 30 format
bucky detection breast holder detection (cassette holder detection)
Focale 0, Focale 1, Focale 2, Focale 3 (SID)
INCLIN +15, INCLIN +24, INCLIN 15, INCLIN 24 (arm tilt signals)
3. Trans check 1 = OK indicates that data packets have been correctly transmitted, but the Data RC
cable may be disconnected or cut. If the cable is short-circuited to ground, Trans check 1 = NOT OK.
538
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

TABLE 1
ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN FOR VARIOUS GANTRY SENSOR STATUS PROBLEMS
THEN SEE BLOCK

IF PROBLEM
DIAGRAM NO. COMMENTS
WITH:
(COORDINATES)
Collim Button 11 (B2) The buttons are S32 and S34.
Bucky Size 10 (A2)
Magnification 11 (A6)
S. I. D. 9 (A7)
Arm Tilt 13 (A7) See Job Card TSG 15.
Stereotix 15 (A7)
Tube Safety 12 (A6)
Fuse 7 (B6)
PL2 15V Supply 7 (A6) Check +15V supply at 800PL1 TP3.
PL4 Iso Supply 7 (A6) Check +15V ISO and 15V ISO supplies on 800PL4.
Check 800PL1 supplies: VCC (+5V) at TP1; 5V at TP6;
TROUBLESHOOTING
PL1 Supplies 7 (A6)
+15V at TP8.
539
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

Blank page
TROUBLESHOOTING
540
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: ARM SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Service terminal
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
TROUBLESHOOTING
SECTION 5
ARM SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
541
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ARM SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

5.7 Go to ARM SYNC MAINT TEST menu @<00291> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:

/1>2/SYNCHRO
ARM SYNC MAINT TEST MENU NO. 291
F9 P G I
ARM SYNC MAINT TEST
AUTOTEST C R
M D
=> @<00291>
Arm sync test : inactive test
Arm sync selftest : YES
Arm sync presence : NO

TROUBLESHOOTING
Note: Arm sync selftest must be configured to YES via F6 for error messages to be displayed. When
Arm sync selftest is configured to NO, no messages are displayed.
542
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: XRAY TUBE mA MEASUREMENT Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
D Milliammeter
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
SECTION 5
XRAY TUBE MA MEASUREMENT TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION DO NOT touch potentiometer P1 on generator kV/mA board 701PL1 at
any point in this Job Card.
5.2 Remove strap between terminal lugs MES_MA_NEG and MES_MA_POS of generator kV/mA
board 701PL1.
5.3 Connect milliammeter between test points MES_MA_NEG and MES_MA_POS of generator
kV/mA board 701PL1. Set the milliammeter to its 100 mA DC scale.
543
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XRAY TUBE mA MEASUREMENT

TROUBLESHOOTING Job Card TSG 018 2 of 2
5.9 Go to mA measure MAINT TEST menu @<00289> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:

GEN_INTERFACE TEST MENU NO. 289
F9 P G I
mA measure MAINT TEST meas = 0.000 mA
C R
M D
=> @<00289>
TROUBLESHOOTING
CAUTION! Value too low to insure accurate measurement.
5.10 Press and hold down 701PL1 SW2 and check if meas = on the service terminal screen is equal
to the value read on the milliammeter +/0.5 mA (See block diagram no. 4).
5.11 Press and hold down 701PL1 SW1 and check if meas = on the service terminal screen is equal
to the value read on the milliammeter +/2.5 mA.
5.12 If either or both of these measurements is out of tolerance, perform Job Card IST 016 in the
Service Manual.
5.13 Disconnect the milliammeter and replace the strap between terminal lugs MES_MA_NEG and
MES_MA_POS of generator kV/mA board 701PL1.
544
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: GENERATOR INTERFACE INPUT Version No.: 1

SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
None
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
SECTION 5
GENERATOR INTERFACE INPUT TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
545
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
GENERATOR INTERFACE INPUT

5.7 Go to GEN_INTERFACE INPUT TEST menu @<00293> (See below for expected screen
configuration).
Menu Path:

/MAINT/1>2/INTG
GEN_INTERFACE TEST MENU NO. 293
F9 P G I
GEN_INTERFACE INPUT TEST
MVT SOFT C R
M D
=> @<00293>
Securities : Generator signals :

POWER_SUPPLY_FAIL XJ2 26 : NO INV_SUPPLY_OK XJ2 18 : YES
EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX XJ2 27 : NO POWER_SUPPLY_OK XJ2 19 : YES
REGULATION_TIMEOUT XJ2 28 : NO HEATER_OK XJ2 20 : NO
HEAT_SINK_TEMP XJ2 29 : NO ROTOR_OK XJ2 21 : NO
INVERTER_IMAX XJ2 30 : NO BIAS_OK XJ2 22 : NO
KV_DROP XJ2 31 : NO EXPOSURE_ON XJ2 23 : NO
KV_MAX XJ2 32 : NO NO_FATAL_SECU XJ2 24 : NO
MA_MAX XJ2 33 : NO FATAL_SECURITY XJ2 25 : NO
LESS_THAN_5KV XJ2 4243 : YES
TROUBLESHOOTING
1ST_TRIG_BUTTON XJ2 60 : NO
2ND_TRIG_BUTTON XJ2 59 :NO
ARM_SYNC XJ9 :NO
Note: The status lines on this test screen are displayed in real time. Abnormal values are displayed in reverse
video.
Note: No commands except for 1st and 2nd trigger buttons can have an effect on the displayed values.
546
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

5.8 Refer to the table below to determine the course of action to be taken for a given failure shown
on the screen.
TABLE 1
JOB CARDS TO BE PERFORMED FOR VARIOUS GENERATOR INTERFACE INPUT FAILURES
SEE BLOCK DIAGRAM NO.

FAILURE MODE PERFORM JOB CARD
(COORDINATES)
POWER_SUPPLY_FAIL : YES TSG 04 6 (B3)
EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX : YES TSG 04 6 (B3)
REGULATION_TIMEOUT : YES TSG 04 6 (B2)
HEAT_SINK_TEMP : YES TSG 04 6 (B3)
INVERTER_IMAX : YES TSG 04 6 (B3)
KV_DROP : YES TSG 03 6 (B4)
KV_MAX : YES TSG 04 6 (B3)
MA_MAX : YES TSG 04 6 (B4)
INV_SUPPLY_OK : NO TSG 01 1 (A2)
POWER_SUPPLY_OK : NO TSG 01 1 (A2)
HEATER_OK : YES TSG 03 4 (XX)
ROTOR_OK : YES TSG 05 5 (G4)
TROUBLESHOOTING
BIAS_OK : YES TSG 06 4 (G3)
EXPOSURE_ON : YES TSG 04 6 (B2)
NO_FATAL_SECU : YES TSG 04 6 (B4)
FATAL_SECURITY : YES TSG 04 6 (B3)
LESS_THAN_5KV : NO TSG 04 6 (B4)
1ST_TRIG_BUTTON : YES TSG 05 3 (A3)
2ND_TRIG_BUTTON : YES TSG 04 3 (A3)
ARM_SYNC : YES TSG 17 3 (C4)
547
REV 1 asm 2252561-100

Blank page
TROUBLESHOOTING
548
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: CONSOLE TROUBLESHOOTING Version No.: 1

Date: Jan. 1996
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
None
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
SECTION 5
CONSOLE TROUBLESHOOTING
Note: The console delivered with the DMR+ uses a key combination to start the auto-test. However, you may
find an older model of console which uses a switch. Entry to the auto-test for both models is described
here; they are otherwise completely compatible.
TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 Autotest using key combination
If your console is the newer model without the switch 100 S1, you must simultaneously press a combination
of five switches to start the autotest:
First press and hold the Reset button (1) and the Centering Light button (2)
Then press and hold the three buttons Film Density decrement (3), Film Density increment (4), and
Screen/Film combination (5). The autotest starts as described below.
To stop the test, repeat the same key combination at any time after the lamp visual test.

549
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CONSOLE TROUBLESHOOTING
5.2 Autotest for consoles with switch 100 S1
If your console has the switch 100 S1 (located next to connector XJ3), start the autotest as follows:
Turn OFF the Senographe DMR+.
Use small flat screwdriver to set the switch 100 S1 to its CENTER position (see Note).
Power up the DMR+.
To stop the autotest sequence, switch S1 may be returned to its normal position (LEFT) at any time. This
results in a console CPU reset and restoration of the serial link with the generator. If S1 is returned to its
normal application position during a test, the test is completed before the change in position is recognized.
This means that several seconds may be necessary before return to normal application mode.
Note: This switch has 3 positions: LEFT, CENTER and RIGHT. LEFT is the normal application position.
CENTER is for console self-test, RIGHT is not used. If the Senographe DMR+ is powered up with
this switch in the RIGHT position, correct power-up is impossible. The console beeps at 1-second
intervals, communication with the service terminal is impossible, and the serial link with the generator
is interrupted.
5.3 Autotest sequence.
An automatic sequence of console self tests is executed in the following order:

Buzzer test (300 ms).
Internal CPU RAM test.
External CPU RAM test.
Internal CPU timer test.
Serial link loopback test.
Alphanumeric display test.
Visual test of 6 lamps inside console keys.
Electrical consumption test: all displays and lamps are lit for 5 seconds
Note: The first five tests (to the serial link test) are followed by a message (OK or NOT OK) on the console
display.
TROUBLESHOOTING
At the end of this sequence, Operator input test is displayed on the lefthand console display; the
following tests require operator input:
Key tests: service engineer momentarily presses each key (except 1st and 2nd trigger) on the
console; the lefthand display shows the function of the key being pressed
Note: If the console is equipped with a remote handswitch, its light centering button (but not 1st and 2nd
trigger buttons) must also be tested during the key tests.
kV and mAs knob tests: service engineer rotates each knob step by step through each of its 12
absolute positions, which are displayed on the lefthand display. The righthand display shows
relative knob positions.
5.4 Corrective action if a test is declared NOT OK.
If any test result is NOT OK, replace the console.
550
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Purpose: FLOATING POINT CALCULATION Version No.: 1

ERROR 068/022 IN AEC / AOP MODE Date: Feb. 2000
SECTION 1
SUPPLIES
None
SECTION 2
TOOLS
None
SECTION 3
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
None
SECTION 4
PREREQUISITES
None
SECTION 5
FLOATING POINT CALCULATION ERROR 068/022 IN AEC / AOP MODE
1. Make a backup of your generator parameters with a corrupted data, to be able to retrieve original gene
param if the factory parameters file is also corrupted.
2. Record manually the following parameters:
TROUBLESHOOTING
setup/medical/speed/
setup/force/
setup/decomp/
setup/beep/
setup/height
setup/film
setup/gene/instal/gene/gene/polar/voltage Mo/LF=
Rh/LF=
Mo/SF
Rh/SF
setup/setup/gene/instal/gene/AOP/ALGO/FSC:A/CALIB/LNRT/PARAM/ A0=
A1=
A2=
551
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
FLOATING POINT CALCULATION

ERROR 068/022 IN AEC / AOP MODE Job Card TSG 021 2 of 2
Note the mAs (AEC 28KV 4cm plexi DO=xx) for reference energy.
3. Power of the system, clear memory by removing the jumper X2 near the battery on the generator CPU
during 30 seconds and after reinstall it.
4. Reload factory parameters from the factory disquette to your hard disk and then load the factory
parameters from C:\ to DMR+ for better transfert.
5. Go to menu instal/gene/config/config/tube/model/70THF and VALID.
Make a checksum.
Poweroff/on.
Reinstall parameters recorded in point 1 (medical params Bias voltage, LNRT param).
Make a checksum.
Perform IST 003.
Make a checksum.
Poweroff/on.
6. Perform your FSC calibration on FSC:B (no on FSC:A)
IST 006: valid, name.
IST 007.
IST 014 with the mAs value recorded above.
Make the 3 AEC checks.
TROUBLESHOOTING
552
ILLUSTRATION 51
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 001 GENERATOR POWER UP SEQUENCE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

IF CABLE 2109186 EMERGENCY SAFETY LOOP IS NOT
IF CABLE 2109186 EMERGENCY SAFETY LOOP IS NOT
CONNECTED TO XJ10 200 PL2 BUT INSTEAD CABLE CONNECTED TO XJ10 200 PL2 BUT INSTEAD CABLE FROM
FROM AUTOTRANSFORMER IS CONNECTED, THEN AUTOTRANSFORMER IS CONNECTED, THEN 200PL1 MAIN
AUTOTRANSFORMER THERMO SWITCH 120 C CAN DISTRIBUTION BOARD TR2 TERMO SWITCH 110 C CAN
SWITCH OFF THE SYSTEM IN CASE OF OVERLOAD. SEE SWITCH OFF THE SYSTEM. SEE BLOCK DIAGRAM GENERATOR
BLOCK DIAGRAM GENERATOR POWER UP SEQUENCE POWER UP SEQUENCE NO 1, THEN WAIT 30 MINUTES FOR
NO 1, THEN WAIT BETWEEN 1 HOUR AND 2 HOURS FOR RECOVERY CONSOLE BUTTON OFF" IS NOT LIT.
RECOVERY CONSOLE BUTTON OFF" IS LIT.
AUTOTEST 1: SECURITIES
AUTOTEST 2: GANTRY LINK
AUTOTEST 3: HEATER
TRACK 1 WITHOUT BOOST.
SMALL FOCUS BIAS,
START GRID
MAIN POWER SERVICE TER AUTOTEST 4: DEACTIVA
CONTACT K1 MINAL DIALOG TION OF PREVIOUS TASKS
ENGAGES ENABLED
AUTOTEST 5: HEATER
TRACK 2 WITHOUT BOOST.
LARGE FOCUS BIAS,
START PHOTO CELL
DETECTION OF AUTOTEST 0: DE
"POWER_SUP TECTION OF AUTOTEST 6: DEACTIVA
SENOGRAPHE DMR "INV_SUPPLY_OK"
PLY_PRESENT" TION OF PREVIOUS TASKS
POWER ON SIGNAL. (LOGIC "1"
SIGNAL. (LOGIC "1"
400PL3 DS1 AT 400PL2 TP25 -
AT 400PL2 TP27 -
553
200PL1 RELAY LIGHTS: "CPU SEE BLOCK DIA

SEE BLOCK DIA
X1 ENGAGES TEST OK" GRAM 1 A-2.)
GRAM 1 A-2.)
AVAILABLE FOR APPLICATION MODE

GEN CPU 400PL3 TEST AUTOTESTS 1 TO 6 / ACTIVATION OF SYSTEM TASKS
A FEW MS 3 SECONDS
FAILURE: IF 200PL1 X1
DOES NOT ENGAGE,
200PL2 DE7 AND 200PL1
FAILURE: IF K1 DOES
DE5 BOTH BLINK.
NOT ENGAGED,
SEE TREE BELOW. FAILURE STATE IF "POW FAILURE STATE IF
ER_SUPPLY_PRESENT" IS "INV_SUPPLY_OK" IS NOT
FAILURE: IF K1 DOES NOT DETECTED: DETECTED:
NOT ENGAGE, SEE JOB
CARD TSG 01. - CONSOLE DISPLAY BLANK - CONSOLE POWER ON
- CONSOLE "BEEPS" AT 1 BUTTON LIT
SEC INTERVALS: see TSG 01
- CONSOLE POWER ON - LAMP ??
Senographe DMR+
BUTTON LIT
asm 2252561-100
- ERROR MESSAGE ON
CONSOLE DISPLAY: "E08
- 200PL2 DE6 AND DE2 Generator: time out on sig
BOTH LIT nal INV_SUPPLY_OK (going
"low" or "high") 071/082:
PROBABLE CAUSE: 400PL2 see TSG 01 page 11
TP27 STUCK AT "0". SEE

BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 (A-2).

ANOTHER POSSIBLE CAUSE:

+5 V OUT OF TOLERANCE
ON 400PL3
CUT 27V SUPPLY TO GANTRY BY DIS ANOTHER POSSIBLE CAUSE: CONSOLE AUTOTEST POSITION
CONNECTING 200PL2 XJ6 AND XJ7. APPLICABLE ONLY TO SYS
APPLICATION POSITION UNUSED POSITION
TEMS WITH CONSOLE
TURN ON SENOGRAPHE DMR. SELF-TEST ACTIVATION
SWITCH 100 S1. IF THIS
SWITCH IS IN THE UNUSED
POSITION (SEE DRAWING,
DID K1 ENGAGE AND STAY EN RIGHT) DIALOG WITH THE
GAGED AFTER 3 SECONDS? GANTRY IS NOT POSSIBLE, CONSOLE SELFTEST ACTIVATION SWITCH 100 S1
EVEN VIA THE SERVICE TER (NEXT TO CONSOLE CABLE CONNECTOR 100 XJ3)
MINAL. .
TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE DMR.

RECONNECT 200PL2 XJ6 AND XJ7. SEE ILLUSTRATION 52
ARE ALL FUSES ON 800PL1 OK?
REPLACE ALL DEFECTIVE

DISCONNECT 800PL1 XJ4. FUSES ON 800PL1.
(SEE BLOCK DIAGRAM 7.)

TURN ON SENOGRAPHE DMR.
200PL1 = MAINS DISTRIBUTION BOARD
CHECK GANTRY SUPPLY VOLTAGES ON 200PL2 = SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD
800PL1 (VOLTMETER COMMON ON 800PL1
TP2: 400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD
5V (Vcc) AT 800PL1 TP1 (LED DS1)
400PL3 = CPU BOARD
-5V AT 800PL1 TP6 (LED DS5)
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD
+15V AT 800PL1 TP8 (LED DS9)
800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD
ALL VOLTAGES ABOVE OK?
27VDC BETWEEN 800PL1 TB1

PINS 1 AND 3?
CHECK CONNECTION BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ3 AND 800PL2 XJ9.
REPLACE 800PL1.
800PL1 LEDS DS6 (COLUMN), DS7
(LOCK), AND DS8 (BRAKE) ALL LIT? TROUBLESHOOT GENERATOR FOR
PROBLEM.
TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE DMR. TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE DMR.
RECONNECT 800PL1 XJ4. DISCONNECT REMOVE FUSES 800PL1 F7 (COL

800PL2 XJ17 AND STRAP PINS 1 AND 2 UMN), F9 (LOCK) AND F10 (BRAKE).
OF FREED CABLE END TOGETHER.

IF MAIN POWER CONTACT K1 NOW
STAYS ENGAGED, REPLACE 80PL1.
CONFIRM THAT MAIN POWER
CONTACT K1 STAYS ENGAGED.
REPLACE 800PL2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 52
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 001 GENERATOR POWER UP SEQUENCE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)
Note: Console must be
OFF at this point
"STOP" BUTTON ON
CONSOLE LIT?
200PL1 DE4, DE6, DE5 AND

DE7 LIT?
200PL1 DE5
DE7 LIT?

200PL1 DE6 LIT
DE5 LIT?
START POWER-UP SE
554
QUENCE BY PRESSING
SEE ILLUSTRATION 54
BUTTON ON CONSOLE.
200PL2 VOLTAGE ON
PT6 OR PT22 AT 12V?
BUTTON ON CON
SOLE STEADILY LIT
200PL2 DE1 LIT?

200PL2: VOLTAGE ON
PT20 AT 0V?
BUTTON ON CON
SOLE BLINKING?
200PL2 DE1 LIT
MAIN POWER CONTACT START POWER-UP SE

K1 ENGAGED? QUENCE BY PRESSING
"ON" SWITCH ON
REPLACE 200PL2. 200PL2.
Senographe DMR+
200PL1 DE4 LIT?
asm 2252561-100
200PL1 RESISTOR R5 200PL2 DE1 LIT?
OK? 200PL1 N1 AND N2 LIT?
REPLACE 200PL2.
200PL1: CHECK CONFIGU

REPLACE R5. RATION OF IN1 VOLTAGE
SELECTION "STRAP" (SEE CHECK CONNECTOR 400PL1
JOB CARD IST011 IN SER XJ8.
VICE MANUAL) AND
CHECK TIGHTNESS OF
TR1 PRIMARY LUGS.
CHECK INCOMING
200PL1: RESISTOR MAINS VOLTAGE AND
R5 GOOD CONTINU RE-CONFIGURE "SEL"
ITY WITH ASSO WIRE ON 200PL1. SEE
CIATED CIRCUITS JOB CARD IST011 IN REPLACE CONSOLE.
ON BOARD? SERVICE MANUAL.
IN2 CONFIGURATION AND
TR1 PRIMARY LUG TIGHT
NESS OK?
CORRECT IN2 CONFIGURA

REPLACE 200PL1. TION (SEE JOB CARD
IST011 IN SERVICE MA
NUAL) AND/OR RE-TIGH
TEN TR1 PRIMARY LUGS.
200PL1 CONNECTORS
XJ1 AND XJ3 TIGHT?
200PL2 VOLTAGE ON
REPLACE 200PL1. PT5=12V? (EMERGEN
CY OFF CIRCUIT)
RE-TIGHTEN CONNEC
TORS XJ1 AND/OR XJ3.
200PL1: PROBLEM WITH

RELAY X1. ON 200PL2 STRAP
PT13 TO 0VV AND OBSERVE 200PL2: ISOLATE EMER
IF X1 ACTIVATES. GENCY OFF SWITCH CIR
CUIT BY PLACING A STRAP
BETWEEN PT0VV AND PT1.

200PL1 RELAY X1 ACTI
200PL1 = MAINS DISTRIBUTION BOARD VATED?
200PL2 DE1 LIT? POW
200PL2 = SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD ER-UP SEQUENCE
STARTED?
400PL1 = GENERATOR COMMAND BOARD
REPLACE 200PL2.
200PL1: STRAP 0VV TO PROBLEM WITH CON

ANODE OF D2 AND OB NECTOR XJ1. REPLACE
SERVE IF X1 ACTIVATES. CABLE CONNECTING
WITH 400PL1.
REPLACE 200PL2.
200PL1 RELAY X1 ACTI
VATED?
REPLACE CABLE BE REPLACE RELAY X1.

TWEEN 200PL1 CON
NECTOR XJ14 AND
200PL2 XJ2.
A B
SEE ILLUSTRATION 53 SEE ILLUSTRATION 53
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 53
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
A B
555
200PL2 DE6 AND DE7

VOLTAGE ACROSS BLINKING WITH CON-
COIL TERMINALS OF
MAIN POWER CON SOLE BUTTON
TACT K1 OK? DE5 LIT?
CONTINUITY BE
REPLACE MAIN POWER TWEEN COIL TERMI
CONTACT K1. NALS OF MAIN POWER
CONTACT K1 AND RECENT REPEATED
200PL1 CONNECTOR POWER-UP AT
XJ10 OK? TEMPTS?
REPLACE CABLE
BUNDLE COMING FROM
200PL1 XJ10.
Senographe DMR+
ON 200PL2 STRAP PT17 TO RESET POWER-UP SE
asm 2252561-100
0VV AND OBSERVE IF K1 QUENCE BY OPENING GEN
ACTIVATES. ERATOR MAINS SUPPLY
SWITCH S1 ("0" POSITION),
THEN CLOSING IT AGAIN ("1'
POSITION).
MAIN POWER CON

TACT K1 ACTIVATED? NORMAL POWER-UP
SEQUENCE NOW POS
SIBLE USING CON-
SOLE BUTTON?
CABLE BETWEEN
200PL1 XJ14 AND
200PL2 XJ2 OK? REPLACE 200PL2.
END
300PL1 600VF, 600VR,

REPLACE CABLE BE 0/600VF, 0/600VR CON
TWEEN 200PL1 XJ14 NECTIONS TIGHT?
AND 200PL2 XJ2. REPLACE 200PL1.
TIGHTEN APPROPRIATE
CONNECTIONS.
200PL1 LUGS W1, W2,

W3 AND 300VR TIGHT?
TIGHTEN APPROPRIATE
CONNECTIONS.
300PL1: VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN 600VR AND
0/600VR AT APPROX.
600 VDC?

REPLACE CAPACITOR
BANK.
200PL2 = SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD
200PL1: VOLTAGE BE
300PL1 = INVERTER BOARD TWEEN PT13 AND
PT18 AT APPROX. 3
VDC?
REPLACE 200PL1.
REPLACE 200PL2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 54
REV 0
GE Medical Systems

VERIFY THAT GENERATOR

MAINS SUPPLY SWITCH S1
IS CLOSED ("1" POSITION).
AND THAT NO ATTEMPT
HAS BEEN MADE TO POW
ER-UP THE GENERATOR.
200PL1 DE9 LIT?
200PL1: VOLTAGE
556
BETWEEN PT15 AND

PT12 AT 8V?

200PL1 DE3 FAULTY.
200PL1 DE8 LIT? 200PL1 DE8 LIT?
200PL1: VOLTAGE
BETWEEN PT12 AND
PT14 AT -8V?
200PL1 DE2 LIT? 200PL1 F3 OK?
200PL1 F2 OK?
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
200PL1: VOLTAGE 200PL1 DE8 FAULTY.
BETWEEN PT1 AND
PT2 AT 12V?
REPLACE 200PL1 F2.
200PL1 DE2 FAULTY.
200PL1 DE3 LIT?

200PL1 DISCONNECT
XJ15.
REPLACE 200PL1 F3.
200PL1: VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN PT2 AND PT3
AT 12V?
200PL1 DE8 AND DE9

LIT?
200PL1 DE2 FAULTY.
200PL1 F1 OK? 200PL1 RE-CONNECT

XJ15.
SEE ILLUSTRATION 56
REPLACE 200PL1 F1.
200PL2 DISCONNECT XJ4.

200PL1: DISCONNECT
XJ14.
200PL1 DE3 AND DE2 200PL1 DE8 AND DE9

LIT? LIT?
200PL1: RE-CONNECT
XJ14.

SEE ILLUSTRATION 56
200PL2: DISCONNECT XJ2.

CABLE BUNDLE (IN
CLUDING END CON
NECTORS) BETWEEN
200PL1 XJ15 AND
200PL2 XJ4 OK?
200PL1 DE3 AND DE2

LIT?
RIBBON CABLE (IN REPLACE CABLE BUNDLE REPLACE 200PL2.

CLUDING END CON BETWEEN 200PL1 XJ15
NECTORS) BETWEEN AND 200PL2 XJ4..
200PL1 XJ14 AND
200PL2 XJ2 OK?

REPLACE RIBBON CABLE
BETWEEN 200PL1 XJ14
SEE ILLUSTRATION 56 REPLACE 200PL2.

AND 200PL2 XJ2.. C
SEE ILLUSTRATION 55
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 55
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
200PL1: IS AC VOLTAGE

BETWEEN IN2 VOLT
AGE SELECTION
200PL1 = MAINS DISTRIBUTION BOARD "STRAP" TERMINALS 7
AND 4 OR 5 AND 8 AT
MAINS VOLTAGE?
200PL1: IS AC VOLTAGE
BETWEEN XJ2 AND XJ7
AT MAINS VOLTAGE?
557
REPLACE 200PL1.
MAINS FUSES F1/F2

ALL OK?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
GENERATOR MAINS
SUPPLY SWITCH S1

TERMINALS AT MAINS
VOLTAGE?

MAINS VOLTAGE PRES

ENT ON INPUT SIDE OF
GENERATOR MAINS
SUPPLY SWITCH S1?
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
WITH MAINS FUSES
F1 AND F2 REMOVED,
IS WIRING CONTINU
ITY BETWEEN MAINS
FUSE TERMINALS
F1-1/F2-1 AND MAIN
POWER CONTACT K1 REPLACE GENERATOR
TERMINALS MAINS SUPPLY SWITCH S1.
K1-1/K1-3 GOOD?
REPLACE APPROPRIATE CHECK INCOMING

WIRING AND/OR APPRO MAINS WIRING.
PRIATE FUSE HOLDER
TERMINAL(S). WITH MAINS FUSES
F1 AND F2 REMOVED,
IS WIRING CONTINU
ITY BETWEEN MAIN
POWER CONTACT K1
TERMINALS
K1-2/K1-4 AND
200PL1 XJ2/XJ7
GOOD?
REPLACE APPROPRIATE
WIRING.
CHECK (AND REPLACE

WHERE NECESSARY) WIR
ING BETWEEN MAINS
FUSE HOLDERS (F1/F2)
AND GENERATOR MAINS
SUPPLY SWITCH S1.
FROM MAINS
FILTER
F1-1 F2-1
K1-1 K1-2 K15
F1
Phase 2 F2
or Phase 1 K1 S1
neutral
K1-2 K1-4 K16

F1-2 F2-2
MAINS DISTRIBUTION BOARD 200PL1

XJ2 XJ7
XJ10
7 1
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 56
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
558

200PL2: VOLTAGE
BETWEEN "PLUS VV"
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
AND 0VV AT +12V?
WIRING BETWEEN
200PL2 XJ2 AND
200PL1 XJ14 OK?
200PL1 VOLTAGE
BETWEEN +VE AND
0VE AT +8V? BETWEEN
REPLACE WIRING -VE AND 0VE AT -8V?
BETWEEN 200PL2 XJ2
AND 200PL1 XJ14.
REPLACE 200PL2.
WIRING BETWEEN
200PL2 XJ4 AND
200PL1 XJ15 OK?
200PL1: VOLTAGE
BETWEEN TP17 AND
0VE AT +5V?
REPLACE WIRING
BETWEEN 200PL2 XJ4
AND 200PL1 XJ15.
REPLACE 200PL2.
REPLACE 200PL1.
END OF TESTS

TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 57
REV 0
GE Medical Systems

OPEN GENERATOR MAINS

SUPPLY SWITCH S1 ("O"
POSITION). CLOSE GENERATOR MAINS
SUPPLY SWITCH S1 ("1"
POSITION).
ON 200PL1, DISCONNECT
559
XJ4, XJ6 AND XJ7.

200PL2 DE3 AND DE4
LIT, AND "STOP" BUT
TON ON CONSOLE LIT?

200PL1: CONFIGURA
TION OF IN2 VOLTAGE

SELECTION "STRAP" START POWER-UP SE- SEE ILLUSTRATION 52
CORRECT? (SEE JOB
CARD IST011 IN SER QUENCE BY PRESSING
VICE MANUAL.) BUTTON ON CONSOLE.
CORRECT 200PL1 IN2
CONFIGURATION. (SEE
JOB CARD IST011 IN SER
VICE MANUAL.) REPLACE
FAULTY MAINS FUSE(S).
AFTER 3 SECONDS,
200PL2 DE3, DE5 AND
ON 200PL1, UNSCREW AND DE7 ALL LIT?
DISCONNECT ONE END OF
R1 OR R4. MEASURE VALUES
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
OF R1 AND R4. REPLACE 200PL1.
OPEN GENERATOR MAINS

SUPPLY SWITCH S1 ("O"
POSITION).
200PL1 R1 AND R4 VAL
UES CORRECT?
REPLACE 200PL1 R1 AND/

OR R4, AND FAULTY
MAINS FUSE(S) F1/F2. ON 200PL1, RE-CONNECT 200PL1 = MAINS DISTRIBUTION BOARD
XJ4, XJ6 AND XJ7.
200PL1: CONNECTIVITY
BETWEEN R1 AND R4 300PL1 = INVERTER BOARD
AND SURROUNDING
CIRCUITS OK?
REPLACE 200PL1 AND CLOSE GENERATOR MAINS

FAULTY MAINS FUSE(S) SUPPLY SWITCH S1 ("1"
F1/F2. POSITION).
ON 200PL1 CHECK CONTINU

ITY BETWEEN XJ7 AND TER
MINAL 4 OF RELAY X1, AND
BETWEEN XJ3 AND TERMI
NAL 7 OF RELAY X1.
MAINS FUSES F1/F2
ALL OK?
REPLACE 300PL1 AND

FAULTY MAINS FUSE(S)
F1/F2.
CONTINUITY CHECKS
OK?
MAIN POWER CON

TACT K1 ACTIVATED?
REPLACE 200PL1 AND
FAULTY MAINS FUSE(S)
F1/F2.
ON 200PL1 MEASURE RE

SISTANCE BETWEEN TERMI
NAL 4 OF RELAY X1 AND 0V.
THIS RESISTANCE SHOULD END
BE APPROX. EQUAL TO R1
AND R4 IN IF STRAP
IN2 IS IN POSITION "HT"
AND R1 AND R4 IN
IF IN2 IS IN POSI
TION"BT". (SEE JOB CARDS
IST011 AND IST012 IN THE
SERVICE MANUAL.)
RESISTANCE VALUE
CORRECT?
REPLACE 200PL1 R1 AND

R4, AND FAULTY MAINS
FUSE(S) F1/F2.
REPLACE FAULTY MAINS

FUSE(S) F1/F2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 58
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
3 seconds after button on console is

pressed, do the following conditions result:
- Main power contact K1 engaged
- Console display blank
- Console "beeps" at 1 second intervals
- button on console lit
START POWER-UP
- 200PL1 DE6 and 200PL2 DE1 lit
SEQUENCE
560
SEE ILLUSTRATION 52 ???
400PL1 DS7, DS9,

DS11 AND 400PL2 DS1
THRU DS9 ALL LIT?
CHECK LOW VOLTAGE

POWER SUPPLY 400T1.
400PL2: VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN TP27 AND
TP4 AT 5V?
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
400PL1: VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN TP2 AND
GND3 AT 12V?
REPLACE 400PL2.
CONTINUITY BE
TWEEN 200PL1 XJ10
PIN 19 AND 400PL1
XJ2 PIN 19 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
BOARD NAMES USED ON THIS PAGE: REMOVE CABLE BE
TWEEN 200PL1 XJ10
AND 400PL1 XJ2.
TWEEN 200PL1 XJ10
200PL1 = MAINS DISTRIBUTION BOARD AND 400PL1 XJ2.

400PL1: VOLTAGE BE
400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD TWEEN TP82 AND
GND3 AT 0V?
RE-CONNECT CABLE
BETWEEN 200PL1
XJ10 AND 400PL1 XJ2.
RE-CONNECT CABLE
BETWEEN 200PL1
TOP VIEW OF 200PL1 200PL2: VOLTAGE

BETWEEN TP4
REPLACE 400PL2.
CONNECTOR XJ11 AND 0VV AT 12V?
NOTE: PIN 1 OF 200PL1
CONNECTOR XJ11 IS 1 2
MARKED ON THE BOARD
DISCONNECT CABLE FROM
200PL1 CONNECTOR XJ11.
3 4
CONTINUITY OK BE
CONNECT VOLTMETER BE TWEEN 200PL2 XJ1
5 6 TWEEN 200PL1 XJ11 PIN 12 PIN 23 AND 400PL1
(SEE FIGURE LEFT) AND 0VV. XJ1 PIN 23?
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 200PL2 XJ1 AND
MEASURED VOLTAGE 400PL1 XJ1.
>26V?
REPLACE 400PL1.
REPLACE 200PL1 AND

RE-CONNECT CABLE
BETWEEN 200PL1
CONTINUITY OK IN
CABLE BETWEEN
200PL1 CONNECTOR
XJ11 AND 200PL2
CONNECTOR XJ2?
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 200PL1 XJ11
AND 200PL2 XJ2.
REPLACE 200PL2 AND

RE-CONNECT CABLE
BETWEEN 200PL1 XJ11
AND 200PL2 XJ2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 59
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
Are the following conditions present:

- button on console lit
561
- Exposure disabled lamp on console lit

- Error message "E08 Power supply failure
071/082" on console display
START POWER-UP ???
SEQUENCE
SEE ILLUSTRATION 52
200PL1 DE5 AND DE6

BOTH LIT?
400PL2: VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN TP25 AND TP4
AT 5V?
200PL1: VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN PT20 AND 0VE
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
<2V?
REPLACE 400PL2.
REPLACE 200PL2.
CHECK AND CORRECT

POSITION OF "SEL" WIRE
ON 200PL1 (SEE JOB
CARD IST011 IN SERVICE
MANUAL). ("SEL" WIRE IS
SET TO A MAINS VOLT
AGE GREATER THAN
400PL1: VOLTAGE BE THE TRUE MAINS VOLT
TWEEN TP85 AND AGE.)
GNDB AT 0V?
200PL2: VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN TP4 AND 0VV
AT 12V?
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
400PL1 CONNECTOR MAIN POWER CON
XJ10 AND 400PL2 TACT K1 TERMINAL
CONNECTOR XJ2 OK? K1-14 AT 12V?
CONTINUITY BE
TWEEN 400PL1 CON
NECTOR XJ1 PIN 25
REPLACE CABLE BE CONTINUITY BE
AND 200PL2 CONNEC
TWEEN 400PL1 CON REPLACE 200PL2. TWEEN 200PL1 CON
TOR XJ1 PIN 25 OK?
NECTOR XJ10 AND NECTOR XJ11 PIN 15
400PL2 CONNECTOR REPLACE 400PL2. AND 200PL2 CONNEC
XJ2. TOR XJ2 PIN 15 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 400PL1 CON
NECTOR XJ1 AND
REPLACE CABLE BE
REPLACE 400PL1. 200PL2 CONNECTOR
TWEEN 200PL1 CON
XJ1.
NECTOR XJ11 AND
CABLE BETWEEN 200PL2 CONNECTOR
200PL1 CONNECTOR XJ2.
XJ10 AND MAIN POWER
CONTACT K1 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
BOARD NAMES USED ON THIS PAGE: TWEEN 200PL1 CONNEC
TOR XJ10 AND MAIN POW MAIN POWER CON
200PL1 = MAINS DISTRIBUTION BOARD ER CONTACT K1. TACT K1 CONTACT BE
TWEEN K1-13 AND
200PL2 = SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD K1-14 OK?

400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD REPLACE MAIN POWER
CONTACT K1.
REPLACE 200PL1.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 510
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 002 PHOTO CELL TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
562
DMR. DISCONNECT 800PL4

XJ2 (PHOTO CELL HV) AND
800PL4 XJ3 (PHOTO CELL
OFFSET CURRENT)/
TURN ON SENOGRAPHE
DMR. GO TO "PM BOARD
MAINT TEST" MENU
@<00292>.
ACTIVATE "PM board test"

VIA F3.
ERROR 037/003?
"Measured offset :" BE

"Measured offset : TWEEN 880 AND 1870
0000.00 Hz"? HZ?
Senographe DMR+
REPLACE 800PL4. REPLACE 800PL4.
asm 2252561-100
DEACTIVATE "PM board test" TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
VIA F4 AND GO TO "GANTRY DMR. RECONNECT 800PL4
SENSOR STATUS" MENU XJ2 (PHOTO CELL HV) AND
@<07015>. 800PL4 XJ3 (PHOTO CELL
OFFSET CURRENT)/
"PL4 Iso Supply = TURN ON SENOGRAPHE

Ok"? DMR. GO TO "PM BOARD
MAINT TEST" MENU
@<00292>.
TROUBLESHOOT AND
CORRECT PROBLEM WITH
ISO SUPPLY ON 800PL4. SET "PM_HV reference val
ue :" TO 800.0 V VIA F1,
THEN ACTIVATE "PM
DISCONNECT OPTICAL FI board test" VIA F3. NOTE: ERROR 037/003 IS GENERATED WHEN
BER CONNECTED TO "Measured offset :" IS <800HZ OR >2400HZ.
800PL4 XJ1.
ERROR 037/003?
RETURN TO "PM BOARD

MAINT TEST" MENU
@<00292> AND ACTIVATE PHOTO CELL LIGHT CONFIRM: "Measured offset :"
"PM board test" VIA F3.. TIGHTNESS OK? IS LESS THAN 2400 HZ.
IS OPTICAL TRANS CORRECT PHOTO CELL NOTE : WHEN "Measured off

MITTER ON 800PL4 LIGHT TIGHTNESS. set :" IS CLOSE TO 2400 HZ,
XJ1 DIMLY LIT? INTERMITTENT ERRORS
CAN OCCUR IN APPLICA
REPLACE PHOTO CELL TION.
ASSEMBLY.
NOTE: DIFFERENCES IN BRIGHT MAKE A BRIEF SHORT CIR
NESS DUE TO DIFFERENT PHOTO CUIT BETWEEN 800PL4 Q3 END OF TEST.
CELL HV VALUES ARE NOT DISTIN PINS 1 A 3 WHILE WATCHING
GUISHABLE BY EYE. THE OPTICAL TRANSMITTER
ON 800PL4 XJ8.
DID OPTICAL TRANS

MITTER ON 800PL4
XJ1 GO FROM DIMLY
LIT TO MAXIMUM
BRIGHTNESS?
REPLACE 800PL4.
RECONNECT OPTICAL FIBER

TO 800PL4 XJ1, THEN DIS

CONNECT OTHER END OF
OPTICAL FIBER FROM 400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD
400PL2 XJ8.
800PL4 = PHOTOCELL BOARD
IS FREED END OF OP
TICAL FIBER DIMLY
LIT?
REPLACE 400PL2
REPLACE OPTICAL FIBER

BETWEEN 800PL4 XJ1
AND 400PL2 XJ8.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 511
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 002 PHOTO CELL TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)

BE SURE THAT PHOTO CELL
OFFSET CURRENT MEA

SUREMENT IS OK BEFORE
PROCEEDING (SEE PRE
VIOUS PAGE).
563
TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE

DMR. RECONNECT 800PL4
XJ2 (PHOTO CELL HV) AND
800PL4 XJ3 (PHOTO CELL
OFFSET CURRENT)/ CON
NECT DC VOLTMETER BE
TWEEN 800PL4 TP1 AND
CABLE BRAID.
TURN ON SENOGRAPHE
DMR. GO TO "PM BOARD
MAINT TEST" MENU
@<00292>.
SET "PM_HV reference val

ue :" TO 400.0 V VIA F1,
THEN ACTIVATE "PM
board test" VIA F3.
ERROR 037/005?
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
DIFFERENCE BE
TWEEN VOLTMETER
READING AND "Mea
sured offset :" ON
SCREEN LESS THAN "Measured value" =
DEACTIVATE "PM board test" 10%? 400 +/- 10V?
VIA F4 AND GO TO INSTAL
LATION MENU "PM_HV/DAC
CALIBRATION" MENU. EN
TER THE FOLLOWING DE VOLTMETER READING DEACTIVATE "PM board test"
FAULT PARAMETER VALUES <350V? VIA F4, SET "PM_HV refer
(SEE SERVICE MANUAL "IN ence value :" TO 500.0 V VIA
STALLATION MENU TREE VOLTMETER READING
F1, AND ACTIVATE "PM
STRUCTURE" ILLUSTRA >520V.
board test" VIA F3.
TIONS AND JOB CARD TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
IST004): DMR. DISCONNECT 800PL4
F/HV = +1.797E+2 XJ2 (PHOTO CELL HV). REPLACE 800PL4. "Measured value" =
ALPHA = +2.567E-1 500 +/- 10V?
BETA = +2.184E+0
ON FREED CABLE
CONNECTOR, RESIS
RETURN TO MAINTENANCE TANCE BETWEEN DEACTIVATE "PM board test"
MENU @<00292> AND ACTI CENTER CONDUC VIA F4, SET "PM_HV refer
VATE THE TEST VIA F3. TOR AND BRAID >800 ence value :" TO 600.0 V VIA
K-OHMS? F1, AND ACTIVATE "PM
REPLACE PHOTO CELL board test" VIA F3.
DIFFERENCE BE ASSEMBLY.
TWEEN VOLTMETER
READING AND "Mea "Measured value" =
sured offset :" ON REPLACE 800PL4.
600 +/- 10V?
SCREEN LESS THAN
10%?
REPLACE 800PL4.
DEACTIVATE "PM board test"
VIA F4, SET "PM_HV refer
ence value :" TO 800.0 V VIA
DEACTIVATE "PM board test" F1, AND ACTIVATE "PM
VIA F4 AND PERFORM JOB board test" VIA F3.
CARD IST004 IN SERVICE
MANUAL.
"Measured value" =
800.0 V +/- 10V?
RETURN TO MAINTENANCE
MENU @<00292>. SET
"PM_HV reference value :" TO
400.0 V VIA F1, THEN ACTI END OF TEST.
VATE "PM board test" VIA F3.
CONNECT DC VOLTMETER
BETWEEN 800PL2 TP3 AND
TP1 (0V).
CHECK DAC OUTPUT VOLTAGE

FOR THE FOLLOWING VALUES
OF "PM_HV reference value":
REF = 400V => TP3 = XXX V


ALL FOUR VOLTAGES
AT TP3 CORRECT?
REPLACE 800PL2.
800PL4 = PHOTOCELL BOARD
REPLACE 800PL4.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 512
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TGS 003 HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
DISPLAY "HEATER DE
TECTION : " ON SER
VICE TERMINAL SCREEN?
400PL1 DS2 LIT?
PRESS AND HOLD

DOWN 1ST TRIGGER
BUTTON
400PL2 DS4 UNLIT
+12V BETWEEN
400PL3 TP9 AND GND? "HEATER TEST :
REPLACE 400PL1. "?
200PL2 FUSE F1 OK?

(SEE BLOCK DIAGRAM
+5V BETWEEN REPLACE 400PL2. RELEASE 1ST TRIGGER 3.)
400PL2 TP28 AND BUTTON.
400PL3 GND? REPLACE 200PL2 FUSE
F1.
REPLACE 400PL2. CONNECT VOLTMETER BE
CONFIGURE "HEATER AU TWEEN 400PL2 TP19 AND
564
TOTEST" TO "" VIA F6 TP18.

5V BETWEEN 400PL1 AND "SELECTED TRACK"
TP32 AND GND1? TO " " VIA F1.
PRESS AND HOLD DOWN
REPLACE CABLE BE 1ST TRIGGER BUTTON
TWEEN 400PL1 XJ10 AND EXECUTE HEATER AUTOT LONG ENOUGH TO READ
REPLACE 400PL1. 400PL2 XJ2. EST BY PRESSING AND VOLTMETER.
HOLDING DOWN 1ST TRIG
GER
DID VOLTMETER READ
ING SHOW 27V?
BUTTON . OBSERVE
IF "HEATER DETECTION"
TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
DISPLAY CHANGES TO
DMR.
"". RELEASE FIRST
TRIGGER AND CHANGE TO REPLACE 400PL2.
TRACK 2. PRESS AND HOLD
DOWN 1ST TRIGGER AND VERIFY -CONTINUITY
OBSERVE AGAIN IF "HEAT BETWEEN 200PL2 FUSE F1
ER DETECTION" DISPLAY AND 400PL2 TP19

CHANGES TO "".
.
RELEASE 1ST TRIGGER

BUTTON. CHECK (AND REPLACE IF NECES
SARY) THE FOLLOWING CABLES:
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
400PL1 XJ7 <=> 400PL2 XJ4
400PL1 XJ8 <=> CONSOLE
DID DISPLAY REMAIN 400PL1 XJ1 <=> 200PL2 XJ1
"HEATER DETECTION :
" FOR
TRACKS?
SELECT DEFECTIVE TRACK
VIA F1 AND ACTIVATE HEAT
ER TEST. VERIFY THAT
CONFIGURE "HEATER AU
400PL1 DS1 LIGHTS.
TOTEST" TO "".
CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE
BETWEEN 400PL1 TP7 AND
GND1.
ACTIVATE TEST BY PRESS

ING AND HOLDING DOWN
1ST TRIGGER BUTTON
LONG ENOUGH TO
OBSERVE THE RESPONSE
(IF ANY) ON THE SCOPE.
SAWTOOTH WAVE
FORM ON SCOPE
(NEGATIVE PULSES,
PERIOD APPROX
PLACE A JUMPER BETWEEN 1.6 mS)?
400PL1 TP31 AND TP56
(+12V SUPPLY).
5V BETWEEN 400PL1
WITH TEST ACTI TP32 AND GND1 WHEN
VATED, SAWTOOTH TEST IS ACTIVATED?
WAVEFORM ON
REPLACE 400PL1.
SCOPE (NEGATIVE
PULSES, PERIOD AP
REMOVE JUMPER FROM PROX 1.6 mS)?
400PL1. 5V BETWEEN 400PL2
TP28 AND GND WHEN
TEST IS ACTIVATED?
REMOVE JUMPER FROM
400PL1.
REPLACE 400PL2.
WHILE OBSERVING 400PL2
DS4, ACTIVATE TEST. CHECK AND REPLACE
CABLE BETWEEN 400PL1
DID 400PL1 DS4 GO
OUT?
REPLACE 400PL3.
CHECK AND REPLACE

400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD
400PL3 = CPU BOARD
B A
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 513
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TGS 003 HEATER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)
B A
CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECT A JUMPER BE

BETWEEN 400PL1 TP5 AND TWEEN 400PL1 TP27 AND
GND2. GND2.
ACTIVATE HEATER TEST.

DC VOLTAGE OF AP
PROX. -1.4V ON
SCOPE? (TEST IS
ACTIVATED.) HEATER DETECTION :
CHANGE "CURRENT REFER YES or NO?
ENCE VALUE:" TO 5 A AND REMOVE JUMPER FROM
ACTIVATE THE TEST. 400PL1.
REMOVE JUMPER FROM
250 VAC BETWEEN
400PL1.
200PL2 P250V AND CONTINUITY OF
0V/250V? (SEE BLOCK CABLE BETWEEN
DIAGRAM 2.) DID NEGATIVE DC VOLT 400PL1 XJ4 AND HV
CHECK 200PL2 FUSE F5. AGE ON SCOPE TANK 700 GKB OK?
CHANGE? REPLACE CABLE BE
CONNECT SCOPE BETWEEN TWEEN 400PL1 XJ4 AND
REPLACE 400PL1. 400PL2 TP1 AND TP2. HV TANK 700 GKB.
CHANGE "CURRENT REFER REPLACE GENERATOR HV
ENCE VALUE:" TO 4 A. TANK UNIT 700.
VARY "CURRENT REFER
ENCE VALUE:" AS ABOVE
AND SEE IF THE POSITIVE
565
DC VOLTAGE ON THE
SCOPE VARIES WITH IT (AP
PROX. XX MV/A).
DID POSITIVE DC VOLT

AGE ON SCOPE
CHANGE?
RESET THE SENOGRAPHE

DMR BY PRESSING THE
"STOP" BUTTON, THEN THE CHECK AND REPLACE
BUTTON, OBSERVING XJ10 AND 400PL2 XJ2.
SCOPE TRACE CAREFULLY
DURING POWER-UP.
DID POSITIVE DC
VOLTAGE ON SCOPE
VARY DURING CPU INI
TIALIZATION TESTS?
Senographe DMR+
REPLACE 400PL2.
asm 2252561-100
PERFORM JOB CARD IST
001 "CALIBRATION OF
HEATER CURRENT
SCALE FACTOR".
L
DISCONNECT HV CABLE
NOTE: THIS IS A HEAD-ON VIEW FROM X-RAY TUBE HOUS
ING END AND PLACE A
OF THE HV CABLE CONNECTOR JUMPER BETWEEN THE DE
AFTER BEING DISCONNECTED
FROM THE HV UNIT.
G FECTIVE TRACK AND COM
MON. (SEE DRAWING AT
LEFT.)
POLARIZING TAB C ACTIVATE HEATER TEST.
"HEATER DETECTION :
YES""?
X-RAY TUBE HEATER

S FILAMENT OPEN; RE
PLACE X-RAY TUBE
HV CABLE CONTINUITY
HOUSING.
OK?
REPLACE HV CABLE.
REPLACE GENERATOR HV
NOTE: The HV cable connector is marked with the TANK UNIT 700.
standard X-ray industry markings (L, S, C and G).

However, the functions of the corresponding
conductors in the Senographe DMR are as follows:
L = track 1 (Mo) filament supply
S = track 2 (Rh) filament supply
C = filament supply return and X-ray tube cathode

HV
G = focal bias voltage supply

BOARD NAMES USED ON THIS PAGE:
400PL3 = CPU BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 514
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 004 HV TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
Except "Arcing" and

"Error codes:", IS
SERVICE TERMINAL
SCREEN IN AGREE
MENT WITH THE
CONFIGURATION GIV
EN ON THE Job Card
"NO_FATAL_SECU : TSG 004
YES" "FA
TAL_SECURITY : YES"?
ACTIVATE TEST BY PRESS

ING AND HOLDING DOWN
"FATAL_SECURITY : 2ND TRIGGER BUTTON.
YES" "REGULA
TION_TIMEOUT :
YES"?
"HV inverter test : active
test"?
HAS "SCR's GATE
DRIVE TEST" BEEN
PERFORMED, WITH
AN OK RESULT, AND CONTINUITY OF RE
TURN CABLE BE "LESS_THAN_5KV :
WITHOUT GENERAT
TWEEN HV TANK 701 YES"?
566
ING ERRORS?
GKC AND 701 PL1 XJ3
REPLACE CABLE BE OK?
GO TO "SCR's GATE TWEEN HV TANK 701
DRIVE TEST". (SEE GKC AND 701 PL1 XJ3.
"EXPOSURE_ON :
PAGE 4.) YES"?
GO TO "SHORT-CIRC IN
VERTER TEST".
ON SERVICE TERMI
200PL2 FUSE F1 (CON CONFIRM PRESENCE OF NAL SCREEN, DOES
SOLE SUPPLY) OK? ERROR CODE 006/002. THE "Arcings number
VOLTAGE BETWEEN :" LINE SHOW "0"?
REPLACE 200PL2 FUSE 400PL2 TP33 AND
F1. 400PL3 0V AT 5 VDC
WHEN 2ND TRIGGER
BUTTON IS
VOLTAGE BETWEEN GO TO "SCR's GATE DRIVE RELEASE 2ND TRIGGER
Senographe DMR+
PRESSED? (SEE
200PL2 P27V AND
asm 2252561-100
TEST". (SEE PAGE 4.) BLOCK DIAGRAM 6.) BUTTON AND INCREASE HV
0V/27V AT 27VDC? REF VALUE VIA F1 ON SER
CHECK 200PL2 FUSE F3 / VICE TERMINAL.
REPLACE 200PL2. TEST OK?
REPLACE 400PL2.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN CONTINUITY OF
200PL2 XJ1 AND CABLE BETWEEN
400 PL1 XJ1 OK? 400PL1 XJ? AND
REPLACE CABLE BE GO TO "SHORT-CIRC IN
400 PL2 XJ? OK?
TWEEN 200PL2 XJ1 AND VERTER TEST". (SEE
PAGE 7.) REPLACE CABLE BE
400PL1 XJ1. TWEEN 400PL1 XJ? AND
400PL2 XJ?.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN TEST OK?
400PL2 TP46 AND TP18
AT 27 VDC WHEN 2ND REPLACE 400PL1.
TRIGGER BUTTON IS IN GANTRY, DISCONNECT
PRESSED? (SEE BLOCK WARNING:

HV CABLE CONNECTOR
DIAGRAM 3.)

FROM TUBE HOUSING AND
VOLTAGE ACROSS
KEEP IT AWAY FROM THE
TERMINALS OF 400PL1

GANTRY. ACTIVATE THE
CR42 AT APPROX.

TEST.
27VDC WHEN 2ND
TRIGGER BUTTON IS
REPLACE 400PL2. PRESSED? RETURN TO "HIGH VOLT
AGE TEST" MENU AND "Arcings number : 0"?
ACTIVATE TEST.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
400PL1 XJ8 AND CON ERROR CODE 006/002
SOLE OK? GENERATED? REPEAT THE ABOVE TEST
AT SEVERAL DIFFERENT KV
VALUES.
CONTINUITY OF RE
TURN CABLE BE
TWEEN HV TANK 701 "Arcings number : 0"?
REPLACE CONSOLE.
GKC AND 701PL1 XJ3
OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN HV TANK 701
REPLACE CABLE BE GKC AND 701 PL1 XJ3. REPLACE X-RAY TUBE
TWEEN 400PL1 XJ8 AND HOUSING.
CONSOLE.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN DISCONNECT HV CABLE
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
400PL1 XJ1 AND CONNECTOR FROM HV
701PL1 TP1 AND
400 PL2 XJ1 OK? TANK 701. FILL FEMALE HV
TP21 (MEASURED
REPLACE CABLE BE CONNECTOR ON HV TANK
WITH A SCOPE) AT
TWEEN 400PL1 XJ1 AND 701 WITH HV OIL. ACTIVATE
15 VDC WHEN 2ND
400PL2 XJ1. THE TEST.
TRIGGER BUTTON
IS PRESSED? (SEE
BLOCK DIAGRAM 6.) 701PL1 DISCONNECT XJ3
REPLACE 400PL1. AND CONNECT A STRAP "Arcings number : 0"?
BETWEEN ANODE OF D1
(-15V) AND ANODE OF
D10. ACTIVATE THE TEST.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN REPLACE HV CABLE.

400PL2 TP48 AND
TP12 (MEASURED "FATAL_SECURITY : REPLACE HV TANK 701.
WITH A SCOPE) AT YES" "REGULA
-12 VDC WHEN TION_TIMEOUT :
2ND TRIGGER BUT YES"?
CONTINUITY OF CABLE TON IS PRESSED?
BETWEEN 701PL1 XJ1 (SEE BLOCK DIA
AND 400PL1 XJ5 OK? GRAM 6.)
REPLACE HV TANK 701.
REPLACE 701PL1.
REPLACE CABLE BE REPLACE 400PL2.
400PL1 XJ5.
REPLACE CABLE BE
400PL2 XJ2.

400PL3 = CPU BOARD
701PL1 = KVMA BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 515
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 004 HV TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)

TURN OFF THE SENOGRAPHE
DMR
DISCONNECT 300PL1 XJ13

& 15 (TRIGGERS OF THYRIS
TORS TH1 AND TH2).
TURN ON THE SENO

GRAPHE DMR AND GO TO
"SCR'S GATE DRIVE TEST"
MENU @<00305>. ACTI
VATE THE TEST.
"NO_FATAL_SECU :
567
NO" "FATAL_SE

CURITY : NO"?
"NO_FATAL_SECU :
YES" "FATAL_SE
CURITY : YES"?
"NO_FATAL_SECU :
SEE ILLUSTRATION 517 E X" "FATAL_SE
CURITY : YES"?
CONFIRM "NO_FA
400PL1 DS12 AND TAL_SECU : YES"
DS13 BOTH LIT? "FATAL_SECURITY : X".
WITH VOLTMETER
COMMON CON VOLTAGE BETWEEN
NECTED TO 400PL2 400PL1 TP74 AND
PT4, VOLTAGES ON
400PL2 TP26 AND
GND5 AT 0 VDC? A
TP34
AT
REPLACE 400PL2. 5VDC?
SEE ILLUSTRATION 516
REPLACE 400PL1.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
Senographe DMR+
CHECK AND REPLACE
asm 2252561-100
(IF NECESSARY) CABLE 400PL1 TP70 AND
BETWEEN 400PL2 XJ2 GND5 AT 0.12 VDC?
AND 400PL1 XJ10.
REPLACE 400PL1.
WITH TEST ACTI

VATED, POSITIVE
PULSE WITH 25 MI
CROSECOND PERI
OD PRESENT BE
TWEEN 400PL1
TP73 AND GND5? WITH TEST ACTI
VATED, POSITIVE
PULSE WITH 25 MI
CROSECOND PERI
OD PRESENT BE
TWEEN 400PL1
TP72 AND GND5?

REPLACE 400PL1.
WITH TEST ACTIVATED,
300PL1 = INVERTER BOARD VOLTAGE BETWEEN
"POWER_SUPPLY_FAIL 400PL2 TP29 AND PT4
701PL1 = KVMA BOARD : YES"? (MEASURED WITH A
SCOPE) AT 12 VDC?
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
400PL2 XJ2 AND
WITH TEST ACTI 400PL1 XJ10 OK?
VATED, VOLTAGE REPLACE 400PL1.
BETWEEN 400PL1
TP65 AND GND5 AT
12 VDC?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN REPLACE CABLE BE

400PL2 TP44 AND TWEEN 400PL2 XJ2 AND
PT4 AT 0.1 VDC? 400PL1 XJ10.
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 400PL1 XJ10
AND 400PL2 XJ2. REPLACE 400PL2.
"EXPOSURE_TIME_MAX
: YES"?
"REGULATION_TIMEOUT VOLTAGE BETWEEN

: YES"? 400PL2 TP41 AND
PT4 AT 0.1 VDC?
VERIFY "HEAT_SINK_TEMP : CONTINUITY OF
YES" CABLE BETWEEN
REPLACE 400PL2. 400PL2 XJ2 AND
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
400PL1 XJ10 OK?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN 400PL1 TP62 AND
400PL1 TP66 AND GND2 AT 12 VDC?
GND5 AT 12 VDC?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN REPLACE CABLE BE
400PL2 TP36 AND VOLTAGE BETWEEN VOLTAGE BETWEEN TWEEN 400PL2 XJ2 AND
PT4 AT 0.1 VDC? CATHODE AND 400PL2 TP35 AND 400PL1 XJ10.
PLACE SHORT CIRCUIT BE ANODE OF 400PL1 PT4 AT 0 VDC?
TWEEN 300PL1 X11.1 AND CR46 AT 1.2 VDC?
X12.1, AND ACTIVATE THE REPLACE 400PL1.
TEST.
REPLACE 400PL1.
REPLACE CABLE BE
REPLACE 400PL1. TWEEN 400PL2 XJ2 AND
FAILURE DISAP 400PL1 XJ10.
REPLACE 400PL2. PEARED?
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN REPLACE 400PL2.
400PL1 XJ5 AND
CHECK AND REPLACE, REPLACE THERMAL 701PL1 XJ1 OK?
IF NECESSARY, CABLE SWITCH.
BETWEEN 300PL1 XJ1
AND 400PL1 XJ7.
OTHERWISE, REPLACE REPLACE 701PL1.
400PL1.
REPLACE CABLE BE
701PL1 XJ1.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 516
REV 0
GE Medical Systems

VOLTAGE BETWEEN
701PL1 CATHODE
OF D10 AND TP2 AT
15V? (SEE BLOCK
DIAGRAM 2.)
568
VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN 701PL1
ANODE OF D4 AND
TP1 AT 15V?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
701PL1 TP23 AND +
TERMINAL OF C55 AT
-12V?
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
400PL1 XJ5 AND
701PL1 XJ1 OK?
"INVERTER_IMAX : YES"?
REPLACE 701PL1.
"KV_DROP : YES"?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
400PL1 TP78 AND REPLACE CABLE BE
GND3 AT 0 VDC? TWEEN 400PL1 XJ5 AND
"KV_MAX : YES"? 701PL1 XJ1.
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
VERIFY "MA_MAX : YES" 701PL1 TP25 AND
TP1 AT 1.6 VDC? VOLTAGE BETWEEN
REPLACE 701PL1. 400PL1 TP68 AND
GND3 AT 0 VDC?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
400PL1 TP88 AND GND5 AT 0.1 VDC?
GND5 AT 0.1 VDC? VOLTAGE BETWEEN
400PL2 TP40 AND
PT4 AT 4.5 VDC?
CHECK AND REPLACE,
VOLTAGE BETWEEN IF NECESSARY, CABLE
400PL2 TP43(+) AND REPLACE 400PL2. BETWEEN 300PL1 XJ1
PT4 AT 4.5 VDC? AND 400PL1 XJ7.
TP12(-) AT -4.5 VDC?
OTHERWISE, REPLACE
400PL1.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
VOLTAGE BETWEEN ANODE AND CATH
ANODE AND CATH CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN ODE OF 400PL1
ODE OF 400PL1 CR48 AT 1.4 VDC?
CR47 AT 1.4 VDC? 400PL1 XJ10 AND
400PL2 XJ2 OK?
CONTINUITY OF REPLACE 400PL1.

CABLE BETWEEN REPLACE 400PL1.
400PL1 XJ10 AND REPLACE 400PL1.
400PL2 XJ2 OK?
CONTINUITY OF
REPLACE CABLE BE CABLE BETWEEN
CONTINUITY OF TWEEN 400PL1 XJ10 400PL1 XJ5 AND
REPLACE 400PL1. CABLE BETWEEN AND 400PL2 XJ2. 701PL1 XJ1 OK?
400PL1 XJ5 AND
701PL1 XJ1 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 400PL1 XJ10 REPLACE 701PL1.
AND 400PL2 XJ2.
REPLACE 701PL1.
REPLACE CABLE BE
REPLACE CABLE BE 701PL1 XJ1.
701PL1 XJ1.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
400PL1 TP86 AND
GND5 AT 0.1 VDC?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
CATHODE AND
ANODE OF 400PL1
VOLTAGE BETWEEN CR45 AT 1.2 VDC?
400PL2 TP11 AND
PT4 AT 4.5 VDC?
REPLACE 400PL1.
REPLACE 400PL2.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
400PL1 XJ5 AND

CONTINUITY OF 701PL1 XJ1 OK?
CABLE BETWEEN 400PL1 = GENERATOR COMMAND BOARD
400PL1 XJ10 AND
400PL2 XJ2 OK? 400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD
REPLACE 701PL1. 300PL1 = INVERTER BOARD
REPLACE 400PL1. 701PL1 = KVMA BOARD
REPLACE CABLE BE
701PL1 XJ1.
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 400PL1 XJ10
AND 400PL2 XJ2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 517
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
569
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
PRESENCE OF
PULSE TRAINS
(MEASURED WITH A
SCOPE AND WHEN

TEST IS ACTIVATED) 300PL1 = INVERTER BOARD
ON 300PL1 R14 AND
PRESENCE OF R11?
RECTANGULAR WA 400PL1 = GENERATOR COMMAND BOARD
VEFORM (MEA
SURED WITH A
SCOPE AND WHEN
TEST IS ACTIVATED) VOLTAGE BETWEEN
ON 400PL1 TP67 300PL1 TP4 AND TP5
AND GND2 BE AT 600 VDC?
TWEEN TP63 AND
GND2? CHECK THAT CONNEC
TIONS 300PL1 X7.1 AND
X10.1 ARE IN GOOD
TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE ELECTRICAL CONTACT
REPLACE CABLE BE DMR AND RECONNECT AND TIGHT.
TWEEN 400PL1 XJ7 AND TRIGGERS OF THYRISTORS
300PL1 XJ1. 300PL1 TH1 AND TH2.
WITH TEST ACTI

VATED, IS VOLTAGE
BETWEEN 400PL1 END OF TEST.
TP53 AND GND3 AT
12 VDC?
REPLACE CONSOLE
CABLE.
REPLACE 400PL1.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 518
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
570

ONLY

Senographe DMR+

asm 2252561-100
DMR.
ON HV TANK 701 DISCON

NECT GKA1 AND CONNECT
THE FREE WIRE TO GKA2.

TURN ON THE SENOGRAPHE
300PL1 = INVERTER BOARD DMR AND GO TO "SHORT-
CIRC INVERTER TEST" MENU
400PL1 = GENERATOR COMMAND BOARD @<00304>.
WITH TEST ACTI

VATED, DOES THE
WAVEFORM SHOWN
IN ILLUSTRATION TO
THE RIGHT APPEAR
(MEASURED WITH
SCOPE) ACROSS
THE TERMINALS OF +1.18 V
TURN OFF THE SENOGRAPHE 300PL1 R21? +970 mV
DMR. RE-WIRE HV TANK 701
CORRECTLY.
+170 mV
REPLACE 300PL1.
0V
WITH TEST ACTI -100 mV
VATED, DOES THE
WAVEFORM SHOWN
IN ILLUSTRATION TO
THE RIGHT APPEAR -1.07 V -0.99 V
(MEASURED WITH
SCOPE) BETWEEN
400PL1 TP78 AND
DMR. RE-WIRE HV TANK 701
GND3? 113 ms
CORRECTLY.
REPLACE CABLE BE TURN OFF THE SENOGRAPHE

TWEEN 300PL1 XJ1 AND DMR. RE-WIRE HV TANK 701
400PL1 XJ7. CORRECTLY.
REPLACE 400PL1.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 519
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 005 ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
DISPLAY "ROTATION
PRESENCE : " ON
SERVICE TERMINAL
SCREEN?
400PL1 DS5 LIT?

PRESS AND HOLD
DOWN 1ST TRIGGER
BUTTON
400PL2 DS6 UNLIT

+5V BETWEEN "ROTOR TEST : ACTIVE
TP5 AND 400PL3 GND? TEST"?
REPLACE 400PL1.
200PL2 FUSE F1 OK?
(+27V SUPPLY TO
RELEASE 1ST TRIGGER CONSOLE - SEE
BUTTON. BLOCK DIAGRAM 3.)
REPLACE 400PL2.
571
+5V BETWEEN CHECK 200PL2 FUSE F1.

400PL2 TP32 AND CONFIGURE "ROTOR AU
400PL3 GND? TOTEST" TO "".
WITH TEST ACTI
REPLACE 400PL2. VATED, VOLTAGE
BETWEEN 400PL2
TP18 AND TP19 AT
27 VDC?
TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
DMR.
400PL1: 5V BETWEEN
TP44 AND GND2?
REPLACE 400PL2.
REPLACE CABLE BE VERIFY -CONTINUITY

TWEEN 400PL1 XJ10 BETWEEN 200PL2 FUSE F1
REPLACE 400PL1. AND 400PL2 XJ2. AND 400PL2 TP19

WITH TEST ACTI .
VATED, DOES "ROTA
TION PRESENCE :"
CHANGE TO "YES"?
CHECK (AND REPLACE IF NECES

SARY) THE FOLLOWING CABLES:
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
CONFIGURE "ROTOR AU 400PL1 XJ10 <=> 400PL2 XJ4
TOTEST" TO " ". 400PL1 XJ8 <=> CONSOLE
400PL1 XJ1 <=> 200PL2 XJ7

DOES ANODE STARTER
BEGIN TO ROTATE (BY
LISTENING)?
12V+ (ANODE
STARTER VOLTAGE)
ACROSS TERMINALS
OF 400PL1 R17?
REPLACE 400PL1. "ROTATION PRES
ENCE : NO"?
PROBLEM WITH ROTOR
CONFIGURE "ROTOR AU COMMAND TIME-OUT AND
TOTEST" TO "NO". ROTATION DETECTION.
USE SCOPE OR VOLTME REPLACE 400PL2.

TER TO MEASURE DC 400PL1: DOES DS5
VOLTAGE BETWEEN LIGHT WHEN 1ST
400PL1 TP44 AND GND2. TRIGGER BUTTON IS
PRESSED?
WITH TEST ACTI REPLACE 400PL1.

VATED, VOLTAGE ON
TP44 AT 5VDC?
USE VOLTMETER TO MEA CONNECT DC VOLTME

SURE DC VOLTAGE BE TER BETWEEN 400PL2
TWEEN 400PL1 TP38 AND TP32 AND 400PL3 GND.
GND2.
USE SCOPE TO MEASURE
DC VOLTAGE BETWEEN
400PL2 TP32 AND 400PL3
GND. +5V ON VOLTMETER
WITH TEST ACTI WHEN TEST IS ACTI
VATED, VOLTAGE ON VATED?
TP38 AT 5VDC?
WITH TEST ACTI

VATED, VOLTAGE ON REPLACE 400PL2.
USE VOLTMETER TO MEA TP32 AT 5VDC?
SURE DC VOLTAGE BE
GND2.
REPLACE 400PL2.
WITH TEST ACTI CHECK AND REPLACE

VATED, VOLTAGE ON CABLE BETWEEN
TP24 AT 5VDC? 400PL1 XJ10 AND
400PL2 XJ2.
400PL2: DOES DS6

GO OUT WHEN TEST
IS ACTIVATED?
REPLACE 400PL2.
CHECK AND REPLACE

CABLE BETWEEN
400PL1 XJ10 AND
400PL2 XJ2.

A C 400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD

400PL3 = CPU BOARD
200PL2 = SUPPLY COMAND BOARD
B D
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 520
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 005 ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)
USE VOLTMETER TO MEA

SURE DC VOLTAGE BE
GND2.
WITH TEST ACTI

VATED, VOLTAGE ON
TP26 AT 5 VDC?
CONNECT SCOPE GROUND

TO 400PL1 GND2.
572
REPLACE 400PL1.
PROBE TP2, TP3 AND TP8
WITH SCOPE.
DID A SINUSOID (2V

PEAK 100 HZ) APPEAR
ON THE SCOPE

?
300PL2 : 250VDC BE
TWEEN PT22 AND
PT23?
REPLACE 400PL1.
200PL2 : 250VDC BE
TWEEN P250V AND
0V/250V? (SEE
WITH SCOPE PROBE
BLOCK DIAGRAM 2.)
GROUND CONNECTED TO
300PL2 PT19, EXAMINE THE
SIGNALS AT 300PL2 PT20 CHECK 200PL2 FUSE F6.
Senographe DMR+
AND PT21.
asm 2252561-100
200PL2 FUSE F4 OK?
DID A SINUSOID (10 mV
PEAK 100 HZ) APPEAR
ON THE SCOPE REPLACE 200PL2 FUSE

F4.

?
300PL2 : 12VDC BE CHECK CABLE CON
TWEEN TP8 AND NECTED TO 200PL2 XJ5.
GND2?
REPLACE CABLE BE REPLACE CABLE BE

TWEEN 300PL2 XJ1 AND TWEEN 300PL2 XJ1 AND
400PL1 XJ6. 400PL1 XJ6.
SET UP SCOPE FOR DUAL
TRACE. CONNECT SCOPE
GROUND TO 400PL1 GND2.

,
PROBE THE FOLLOWING 6
PAIRS OF POINTS SIMULTA
NEOUSLY (CORRESPOND
ING TO TRANSISTORS T1
TO T6) ON 300PL2:
PT1, PT2
PT3, PT4

PT5, PT6
PT7, PT9 200PL2 = SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD
PT10, PT11
PT12, PT13 300PL2 = ANODE STARTER BOARD
WAS THERE A PULSE

TRAIN (12V AMPLI
TUDE) ON
SCOPE TRACES FOR

OF THE 6 PAIRS
OF POINTS MEN
TIONED ABOVE?
REPEAT THE TEST AS

ABOVE (
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
), EXCEPT PROBE CABLE BETWEEN 300PL2
THE FOLLOWING 6 PAIRS CONNECTOR XJ2 AND X-
OF POINTS ON 400PL1: RAY TUBE HOUSING.
PT20, PT21
PT18, PT19
PT16, PT17 CABLE CONTINUITY
PT14, PT15 OK?
PT12, PT13
PT10, PT11
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 300PL2 CONNEC REPLACE X-RAY TUBE
TOR XJ2 AND X-RAY HOUSING.
TUBE HOUSING.
WAS THERE A PULSE
TRAIN (5V AMPLITUDE)
ON
SCOPE
TRACES FOR
OF
THE 6 PAIRS OF
POINTS MENTIONED
ABOVE?
REPLACE 400PL1.
REPLACE CABLE BE
400PL1 XJ6.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 521
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 005 ANODE ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)
A B
573
DISCONNECT ANODE START

ER MOTOR SUPPLY CONNEC
TOR300PL2XJ2 FROM X-RAY
TUBE HOUSING.
CONFIGURE ROTOR SPEED
TO 9000 RPM (@<00296>)
MEASURE RESISTANCE OF
EACH OF THE 3 ROTOR
WINDINGS.

DOES DISPLAY CHANGE
TO "ROTATION PRES ARE ALL 3 WIND
ENCE : "? INGS AT APPROX.
19.5 OHMS (MOTOR
RETURN TO MANUAL HOT) OR APPROX.
(2-POINT) APPLICATION 18.5 OHMS (MOTOR
MODE AND TAKE SEVERAL COLD)?
REPLACE X-RAY TUBE
LOW MAS/KV EXPOSURES
Senographe DMR+
HOUSING.
USING BOTH SMALL AND
asm 2252561-100
BE SURE THAT "RO
TOR AUTOTEST" IS LARGE FOCUS.
SET TO "" AND AC
TIVATE THE TEST.
DISCONNECT 300PL3 XJ3 (250 V
IF ERROR CODES AP SUPPLY) THEN
PEAR ON THE CONSOLE MEASURE RESISTANCE
DISPLAY, USE THE BETWEEN 300PL2 TP22 AND
SCOPE TO EXAMINE THE TP14, 15, 16 SUCCESSIVELY
DID ANODE STARTER
WAVESHAPE OF ALL REPEAT BETWEEN 300PL2 TP17
BEGIN TO ROTATE?
POWER SUPPLY VOLT AND TP14, 15, 16 SUCCESSIVELY
AGES (SEE "GENERATOR
POWER SUPPLY DISTRI
BUTION" BLOCK DIA
400PL1 : WITH TEST GRAM 2). (RANDOM FAIL
ACTIVATED, IS VOLT URE IN APPLICATION
AGE BETWEEN TP35 MODE.)
AND GND2 AT AP
PROX. 0.12VDC? IS ANY MEASURE
(400PL2 DS9 UNLIT.) MENT LESS THAN 1
MEGAOHM ?
REPLACE 300PL2
REPLACE 400PL1.
RE-CONNECT ANODE
STARTER MOTOR SUPPLY
CONNECTOR TO X-RAY
TUBE HOUSING.
400PL2 : WITH
TEST ACTIVATED,
IS VOLTAGE BE
TWEEN TP3 AND 400PL1 : 5VDC BE
GND AT APPROX. TWEEN TP38 AND
0.12VDC? GND2 WHEN TEST IS
ACTIVATED?
REPLACE 400PL2.
CHECK AND REPLACE REPLACE 400PL1.
CABLE BETWEEN
400PL1 XJ10 AND
400PL2 XJ2.

D
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 522
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 006 BIAS TROUBLESHOOTING FOW CHARTS
GO TO MENU @<00287>.
VERIFY THAT SERVICE TER
MINAL SCREEN IS IN AGREE
MENT WITH PREVIOUS PAGE.
"Bias detection : NO"?
CONFIRM: "BIAS DETECTION

: YES"
"Bias test : active test"

574
WHEN 1ST TRIGGER

400PL1 DS10 LIT? PRESSED?
SEE BLOCK DIAGRAM 3.
CONFIGURE "Bias autotest"

400PL2 DS3 UNLIT TO "YES" VIA F6. 200PL2 FUSE F1 OK?
5V BETWEEN 400PL2
TP3 AND 400PL3 GND?
REPLACE 200PL2 FUSE F1.
DOES DISPLAY REMAIN
REPLACE 400PL1. "Bias detection : NO" CONNECT VOLTMETER BE
WHEN 1ST TRIGGER IS TWEEN 400PL2 TP19 AND
REPLACE 400PL2. PRESSED? TP18.
+5V BETWEEN
400PL2 TP51 AND CONFIGURE "Voltage refer
400PL3 GND? ence value" TO "250.00V" PRESS AND HOLD DOWN
VIA F1, THEN RETURN TO 1ST TRIGGER BUTTON LONG
REPLACE 400PL2.
TEST VIA F9. ENOUGH TO READ VOLTME
TER.
CONFIGURE "Bias autotest"
5V BETWEEN 400PL1 TO "NO" VIA F6.
TP51 AND GND2? WITH 1ST TRIGGER
PRESSED, "Bias detection :
NO"?
DOES DISPLAY REMAIN
"Bias detection : NO"
Senographe DMR+
WHEN 1ST TRIGGER IS
asm 2252561-100
PRESSED?
REPLACE 400PL1. REPLACE400PL2.
REPLACE400PL2.
CHECK AND REPLACE RETURN TO APPLICATION
MODE AND TAKE SEVERAL DID VOLTMETER READ
CABLE BETWEEN 400PL2 400PL3 DS8 LIT WHEN
LOW-POWER EXPOSURES ING SHOW 27V?
XJ2 AND 400PL1 XJ10. 1ST TRIGGER
PRESSED? USING BOTH SMALL AND
LARGE FOCUS.
REPLACE 400PL2.
IF ERROR CODES APPEAR
IN APPLICATION, THERE IS
A RANDOM FAILURE. TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
+5V BETWEEN CHECK POWER SUPPLY DMR.
400PL1 TP51 AND WAVEFORMS WITH
GND2 WHEN 1ST SCOPE (SEE BLOCK DIA
TRIGGER PRESSED? GRAM 2). VERIFY -CONTINUITY
BETWEEN 200PL2 FUSE F1
WITH 1ST TRIGGER AND 400PL2 TP19
PRESSED, 12V

RECTANGULAR SIG .
+5V BETWEEN
NAL PRESENT BE
400PL2 TP30 AND
TWEEN 400PL1 TP54
400PL3 GND WHEN
AND GND2? (FREQ. CHECK (AND REPLACE IF NECES
1ST TRIGGER
2.6 - 24.5 KHZ DE SARY) THE FOLLOWING CABLES:
PRESSED?
PENDING ON REF. 400PL1 XJ10 <=> 400PL2 XJ10
BIAS VOLTAGE.) 400PL1 XJ8 <=> CONSOLE
400PL1 XJ1 <=> 200PL2 XJ1
REPLACE400PL2.
REPLACE400PL1.
CHECK AND REPLACE

12V BETWEEN 400PL1
TP51 AND GND2 TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
WHEN 1ST TRIGGER DMR. GROUND 400PL1 B50
PRESSED?
12V BETWEEN 400PL2
PIN 2 BY STRAPPING
ACROSS C129. TURN SENO

TP3 AND 400PL3 GND GRAPHE DMR ON AND RE
400PL2 DS3 UN TURN TO "BIAS MAINTE 200PL2 = SUPPLY COMMAND BOARD
LIT WHEN 1ST TRIG NANCE TEST" MENU
WITH 1ST TRIGGER
PRESSED, 12V
GER PRESSED? @<00287>. CONFIGURE 400PL1 = GENERATOR COMMAND BOARD
RECTANGULAR SIG "Bias autotest" to "NO" VIA
NAL PRESENT BE F6. 400PL2 = GENERATOR INTERFACE BOARD
TWEEN 400PL1
TP55 AND GND2? REPLACE 400PL2. 400PL3 = CPU BOARD
(FREQ. 2.6 - 24.5
KHZ DEPENDING WITH 1ST TRIGGER 701PL1 = KVMA BOARD
ON REF. BIAS VOLT PRESSED, 400PL1
CHECK AND REPLACE
AGE.) DS8 UNLIT AND
400PL1 DS10 LIT?
REPLACE400PL1.
REPLACE400PL1.
WITH 1ST TRIGGER

PRESSED, 12V RECT
ANGULAR SIGNAL CONTINUITY OF
PRESENT BETWEEN CABLE BETWEEN
400PL2 TP6 AND 400PL1 XJ4 AND
400PL3 GND? (FREQ. 701PL1 XJ1 OK?
2.6 - 24.5 KHZ DE
PENDING ON REF.
BIAS VOLTAGE.) REPLACE 400PL2. REPLACE CABLE BE
HV UNIT 700 GKB.
REPLACE HV UNIT 700.

CHECK AND REPLACE
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 523
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 007 TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
VERIFY THAT SERVICE
TERMINAL SCREEN IS IN
AGREEMENT WITH PRE
VIOUS PAGE.
WHILE OBSERVING THE

TUBE HOUSING, EXECUTE
THE "INIT" TEST BY PRESS
ING F9 AND THEN F1.

DURING THE "INIT"
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD TEST, DID THE TUBE
HOUSING BEHAVE AS
GIVEN ON THE
800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD "HOUSING ANGULA
TION MAINT" MENU
800PL6 = TUBE HOUSING ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD NO. @<06003>?
DURING THE "INIT"

TEST, DID THE MOTOR
MAKE A GROANING
575
NOISE?
ENTER "TEST" VIA F2.
ENTER "TEST" VIA F2. : HOUSING ANGULA

TION MOTOR MOVEMENTS
ARE LESS UNIFORM THAN
IN NORMAL APPLICATION
BECAUSE COMMAND FRE
QUENCY IS REDUCED.
"Reference = Closed"?
CONFIGURE:
"PHASE 1 = Toggle" VIA F2. CONFIRM: "Reference =
Open". SET HOUSING ANGLE TO
MAX BY REPEATEDLY
PRESSING F5.
MEASURED WITH
SCOPE (PROBE SET HOUSING ANGLE TO
GROUND ON MIN BY REPEATEDLY
PRESSING F6. : HOUSING ANGULA
GROUNDED END OF TION MOTOR MOVEMENTS
800PL1 C46 OR C47), ARE LESS UNIFORM THAN
DOES 800PL1 U78 PIN IN NORMAL APPLICATION
RECTANGULAR WA 2 SHOW THE WAVE : HOUSING ANGULA
BECAUSE COMMAND FRE
Senographe DMR+
VEFORM ON ANODE FORM GIVEN ON TION MOTOR MOVEMENTS
asm 2252561-100
ARE LESS UNIFORM THAN QUENCY IS REDUCED.
OF 800PL1 CR64 BLOCK DIAGRAM 12?
(MEASURED WITH IN NORMAL APPLICATION
SCOPE)? BECAUSE COMMAND FRE
QUENCY IS REDUCED.
CONFIGURE:
"Current Value = Toggle".
"Reference = Closed"? "Reference = Open"?
REPLACE 800PL1.
DOES SCOPE SHOW

THE WAVEFORM GIVEN END OF TEST. END OF TEST.
ON BLOCK DIAGRAM
12?
VOLTAGE ACROSS
RECTANGULAR WA 800PL6 C15 IS 27 VDC?
VEFORM ON CATH CONFIGURE:
ODE OF 800PL1 "Current Value = Disabled"
CR69 (MEASURED "PHASE 1 = Disabled"
WITH SCOPE)? "PHASE 2 = Toggle".
VOLTAGE ACROSS
800PL6 C13 IS 15 VDC,
MEASURED WITH AND DS4 IS ON?
REPLACE 800PL1. SCOPE (PROBE
GROUND ON
GROUNDED END
OF 800PL1 C46 OR VOLTAGE BETWEEN
C47, DOES 800PL1 800PL6 XJ12 PIN 1
U58 PIN 2 SHOW AND "0V" END OF C13
THE WAVEFORM AT 6 VDC?
GIVEN ON BLOCK
RECTANGULAR WA DIAGRAM 12? REPLACE 800PL6.
VEFORM ON ANODE
OF 800PL1 CR74
(MEASURED WITH
SCOPE)? CONFIGURE: LEAVE TEST MODE VIA F9.
CONTINUITY OF
"Current Value = Toggle". CABLE BETWEEN
MEASURED WITH 800PL6 XJ1C AND
SCOPE, DOES 800PL1 XJ14 OK?
REPLACE 800PL1.
DOES SCOPE SHOW 800PL6 U2 PIN 18
THE WAVEFORM GIV CHANGE STATE
EN ON BLOCK DIA WHEN "INIT" TEST REPLACE CABLE BE
GRAM 12? IS EXECUTED? TWEEN 800PL6 XJ1C AND
800PL1 XJ14.
RECTANGULAR WA
VEFORM ON CATH VIEW 800PL1 U78 PIN 2 AND CONTINUITY OF CHECK 27V_EXT DISTRI
ODE OF U58 PIN 2 SIMULTANEOUS CABLE BETWEEN BUTION ON 800PL1.
800PL1CR69 (MEA LY ON SCOPE. 800PL6 XJ2 AND
CONTINUITY OF SURED WITH 800PL2 XJ3 OK?
CABLE BETWEEN SCOPE)?
800PL1 XJ3 AND : HOUSING ANGULA
800PL2 XJ9 OK? TION MOTOR MOVEMENTS
REPLACE 800PL1. ARE LESS UNIFORM THAN
IN NORMAL APPLICATION REPLACE 800PL2.
BECAUSE COMMAND FRE
QUENCY IS REDUCED.
REPLACE CABLE BE
REPLACE 800PL2. WHILE WATCHING SCOPE, MEASURED WITH
800PL2 XJ3.
ACTIVATE "ANGL+" VIA F5. SCOPE, DOES
800PL6 U2 PIN 1
REPLACE CABLE BE 90 DEG. PHASE OFF CHANGE STATE
TWEEN 800PL1 XJ3 AND SET BETWEEN SIG WHEN "INIT" TEST
TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE IS EXECUTED?
800PL2 XJ9. NALS ON SCOPE AS DMR.
SHOWN ON BLOCK
DIAGRAM 12?
REPLACE 800PL2. DISCONNECT 800PL6 XJ11.
WITH VOLTMETER IN DIODE REPLACE 800PL6.
TEST MODE, MEASURE
WITH 800PL6 XJ5 DIS
VOLTAGE ON FREED CABLE
CONNECTED, 142
CONNECTOR BETWEEN
OHMS BETWEEN
PINS 1 AND 2. (SEE BLOCK
PINS 1 AND 2 AND
DIAGRAM 12.)
BETWEEN PINS 3
AND 4 (MOTOR M7
REPLACE HOUSING AN WINDINGS)?
DIODE JUNCTION
GULATION MOTOR M7. VOLTAGE AT 1 VDC?
REPLACE OPTO-
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
SENSOR V10.
XJ1 AND 800PL1 XJ1. IN THE SAME WAY AS
ABOVE, CHECK DIODE
JUNCTIONS OF OPTO-
SENSORS V11, V12 AND
V13 VIA 800PL6 XJ7, XJ10
AND XJ12, RESPECTIVELY.
REPLACE DEFECTIVE
OPTO-SENSOR(S).
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 524
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
IS SERVICE TERMINAL
SCREEN IN AGREE
MENT WITH THE CON
FIGURATION GIVEN
ARE THERE DIFFER ON THE PREVIOUS
ENCES ON THE "STA PAGE?
TUS" LINES?
CONFIRM: PROBLEM WITH
COMMAND LINES. "Down Limit = Closed"
"Up Limit =
Closed"??
RESET GANTRY CPU
BOARD 800PL3. ACTIVATE ONE OF THE COL
COLUMN MOVEMENT IS UMN BUTTONS IN DI
DISCONNECT 800PL2 NOT PROTECTED BY END RECTION (S20, S22, S24, S26
"Fuse = Ok"? XJ11 AND XJ15 AND STOPS IN PROCEDURES BE OR S35).
STRAP BETWEEN XJ15 LOW.
CHECK ALL FUSES ON PIN 3 AND TP23 OR TP2.
800PL1.
"Up Button = Off"
"Up Button = Off" "Up Limit = Open"? "Down Button = On"
"Down Button = Off" "Button Secu =
"Button Secu = On"??
Off"??
STRAP BETWEEN 800PL2
RESET GANTRY CPU BOARD XJ11 PIN 3 AND TP23 OR TP2.
800PL3 AND RETURN TO
THE TEST VIA F10. ACTIVATE ONE OF THE COL
"Motor Supply" = Off" UMN BUTTONS IN DI
576
"Motor Cmd = "Down Limit = Open"? RECTION (S20, S22, S24, S26
Off"? OR S35).
PROBLEM STILL
PRESENT? REPLACE 800PL2.
CONFIRM "SOFTWARE PRES "Up Button = On"

= On". RECONNECT 800PL2 XJ11 "Down Button = Off"
AND STRAP BETWEEN XJ15 "Button Secu =
PINS 3 AND 4. On"??
REPLACE 800PL2.
END OF TEST. CONFIGURE "SOFTware =

RESET GANTRY CPU BOARD On" VIA F2.
800PL3 AND RETURN TO
THE TEST VIA F10.
"Software Pres = On"?

"Up Limit = Open"?
PROBLEM STILL
PRESENT?
REPLACE 800PL2.
REPLACE OPTO SWITCH V1.
CONFIGURE "MoVemenT"
REPLACE 800PL2.
Senographe DMR+
TO "Enabled" VIA F1.
asm 2252561-100
IS COLUMN TO
DISCONNECT 800PL2 XJ11, WARDS ITS LOWER
RECONNECT 800PL2 XJ15, POSITION?
AND STRAP BETWEEN
800PL2 XJ11 PINS 1 AND 2.
CHECK THAT COLUMN CHECK THAT COLUMN
DRIVE MECHANISM IS NOT DRIVE MECHANISM IS NOT
JAMMED BY MOVING THE JAMMED BY MOVING THE
"Down Limit = Open"?
DRIVE BELT MANUALLY IN DRIVE BELT MANUALLY IN
BOTH DIRECTIONS. BOTH DIRECTIONS.
REPLACE OPTO SWITCH
V2.
COLUMN MECHANISM COLUMN MECHANISM
OK? OK?
CONFIGURE "PoW
CONFIGURE "PoWeR =
Down +" VIA F4. VERIFY A eR = Up +" VIA F3. VERIFY
"% Power = 15 / 40". "% Power = 25 / 40".

IS PROBLEM PRESENT
WITH
COLUMN
COMMAND BUTTONS?

ISOLATE DEFECTIVE
LOWER COMPRESSION BUTTON; CHECK COLUMN MOVEMENT IS COLUMN MOVEMENT IS
PADDLE HOLDER VIA FINE SWITCH AND WIRING NOT PROTECTED BY END NOT PROTECTED BY END
TUNING KNOB TO ALLOW CONTINUITY, AND 15 V STOPS IN PROCEDURES STOPS IN PROCEDURES
ACCESS TO 800PL5. SUPPLY LINE. BELOW. BELOW.
ACTIVATE ONE OF THE COL

UMN BUTTONS IN EITHER ACTIVATE ONE OF THE COL
IS DS4 ON 800PL5 ON? DIRECTION (S20, S22, S24, UMN BUTTONS IN EITHER
S26 OR S35). DIRECTION (S20, S22, S24,
S26 OR S35).
VOLTAGE ACROSS
800PL5 C8 IS 27 VDC?
VOLTAGE ON CENTER COLUMN MOVES COLUMN MOVES UP?
POINTS OF COLUMN DOWN?
COMMAND SWITCHES
AT 15 VDC? REPLACE 800PL5.
CHECK 15 V SUPPLY LINE
TO COLUMN COMMAND C
SWITCHES.
DISTRIBUTION OF 27 V
CONTINUITY OF EXT ON 800PL1 OK?
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL5 XJ1 AND
800PL2 XJ4 OK? DO PARAMETERS DO PARAMETERS
"Speed" AND "Position" "Speed" AND "Position"
REPLACE CABLE BE CORRECT PROBLEM ON VARY WHEN COLUMN
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ1 AND 800PL1. VARY WHEN COLUMN
BUTTON IS ACTI BUTTON IS ACTI
800PL2 XJ4. VATED? VATED?
REPLACE 800PL2. CHECK AND REPLACE
XJ3 AND 800PL1 XJ2.
A
CONFIGURE "PoWeR =
CONFIGURE "PoW Down +" VIA F4. VERIFY
eR = Up +" VIA F3. VERIFY "% Power = 15 / 40".
"% Power = 25 / 40".
ACTIVATE ONE OF THE COL

ACTIVATE ONE OF THE COL UMN BUTTONS IN EITHER
UMN BUTTONS IN EITHER
DIRECTION (S20, S22, S24,
DIRECTION (S20, S22, S24,
S26 OR S35).
S26 OR S35).
800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD COLUMN MOVES
COLUMN MOVES UP?
DOWN?
800PL3 = CPU BOARD
800PL5 = COMPRESSION ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD
END OF TEST. END OF TEST.
REPLACE 800PL1.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 525
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
A C
DISCONNECT COLUMN
MOTOR M1 FROM WORM
SCREW. LOOSEN BELT
DRIVE GEAR LOCATED ON
MOTOR SHAFT.
COLUMN MOVEMENT IS
NOT PROTECTED BY ANY
CONFIGURE "PoWeR =" TO SAFETY IN PROCEDURES
"Down +" VIA F4. VERIFY BELOW.
"% Power = 15 / 40".
DISCONNECT COLUMN
577
MOTOR M1 SUPPLY WIRES

ACTIVATE ONE OF THE FROM 800PL1 XJ5. FORCE
COLUMN BUTTONS IN EI A COMMAND
THER DIRECTION (S20,
TO THE
S22, S24, S26 OR S35). MOTOR BY EXTENDING
THESE TWO WIRES AND
CONNECTING THEM BE
TWEEN ANODE OF 800PL1
D60 AND THE 0V SUPPLY.
DOES MOTOR TURN (FOR UPWARD MOVEMENT,
(VISUAL INSPECTION)? BLACK WIRE TO ANODE OF
D60; FOR DOWNWARD
MOVEMENT, RED WIRE TO
ANODE OF D60).
DO PARAMETERS
CONFIGURE "PoWeR =" TO "Speed" AND "Posi MOTOR FUNCTIONED
"Up +" VIA F3. VERIFY tion" VARY WHEN CORRECTLY (UP OR
"% Power = 25 / 40". COLUMN BUTTON IS DOWN)?
ACTIVATED?
REPLACE COLUMN MO
TOR M1.
ACTIVATE ONE OF THE REPEAT ABOVE FORCING
COLUMN BUTTONS IN EI OF MOTOR WHILE WATCH
MECHANICAL PROBLEM.
THER DIRECTION (S20, ING SERVICE TERMINAL
S22, S24, S26 OR S35). SCREEN.
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
DID PARAMETERS
DOES MOTOR TURN "Speed" AND "Posi
(VISUAL INSPECTION)? tion" VARY WHEN MO
TOR WAS ACTIVATED?
WITH ONE OF THE COL WITH 800PL2 XJ12
UMN BUTTONS ACTI DISCONNECTED, IS
VATED, VOLTAGE (MEA VOLTAGE BETWEEN RECONNECT 800PL1 XJ5.
REPLACE 800PL1. SURED WITH SCOPE) 800PL2 XJ12 PINS 1
BETWEEN 800PL1 U84 AND 4 AT 5 VDC?
PIN 9 AND TP15 OR CONFIGURE:
TP42 IS 5 VDC? CHECK CABLE BETWEEN SOFTware = On
800PL2 XJ7 AND 800PL1 MoVemenT = Enabled
XJ4. (SEE BLOCK DIA PoWeR = Up + or Up -
GRAM 7.)
REPLACE COLUMN MO
TOR M1. ACTIVATE ONE OF THE
COLUMN BUTTONS IN EI
THER DIRECTION (S20,
S22, S24, S26 OR S35).
RECTANGULAR SIG
NAL (MEASURED
WITH SCOPE) BE RECONNECT 800PL2 XJ12
TWEEN 800PL1 TP16

AND TP2? .
RECTANGULAR SIG
NAL (MEASURED WITH CONNECT VOLTMETER
SCOPE) BETWEEN BETWEEN 800PL2 XJ12
800PL2 TP5 AND TP17 PINS 2 AND 4. TURN
OR TP 23 (0V)? SLOWLY MOTOR M1 COD
REPLACE 800PL2. ER DISK WHILE WATCHING
VOLTMETER.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN VOLTAGE VARIES ON
800PL1 XJ3 AND VOLTMETER?
800PL2 XJ9 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL2 XJ9. REPEAT ABOVE OPERATION
WITH VOLTMETER BE
TWEEN 800PL2 XJ12 PINS 3
REPLACE 800PL1. AND 4.
VOLTAGES (MEA
SURED WITH SCOPE) VOLTAGE VARIES ON
AT 800PL1 XJ3 PIN 18 VOLTMETER?
AND AT 800PL2 XJ9
PIN 18 BOTH AT 1.4
VDC? CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ3 AND REPLACE 800PL2.
800PL2 XJ9 OK?
REPLACE 800PL1.
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 800PL1 XJ3 AND ON 800PL13 CHECK CODER
800PL2 XJ9. DISK FOR CORRECT CEN
TERING IN THE OPTICAL
SENSOR (SEE JOB CARD
REPLACE 800PL2. XXX).
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL2 XJ12 AND
800PL13 XJ1 OK?

REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD 800PL13 XJ1.
REPLACE 800PL13.
800PL13 = ENCODER BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 526
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG009 LIGHT CENTERING DEVICE TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
578
IS SERVICE TERMI
NAL SCREEN IN
AGREEMENT WITH
THE CONFIGURATION
GIVEN ON THE PRE
ARE THERE DIFFER VIOUS PAGE?
ENCES ON THE "STA
TUS" LINES?
RESET 800PL3 AND PRESS LIGHT CENTERING

400PL3. DEVICE BUTTON WHILE
WATCHING SERVICE TERMI
NAL SCREEN.
"Fuse = Ok"?
"Light Button = On"?
CHECK ALL FUSES ON
800PL1.
CONFIRM: "Light Button = On"

"Light Supply = On" CONFIGURE "CoMmand" TO
"On" VIA F1 ON SERVICE
TERMINAL.
REPLACE 800PL2.
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
"Light Supply = On"?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
TERMINALS OF LIGHT CENTERING
800PL6 C15 AT 27 LAMP LIT?
VDC? CHECK FUSE F11 AND ITS
VOLTAGE BETWEEN HOLDER. (BAD CONTACT.)
800PL1 XJ9 PINS A
DISTRIBUTION OF 27 AND B AT 27 VDC? END OF TEST.
VDC ON 800PL1 OK?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ9 PINS A
REPLACE 800PL1. AND B AT 27 VDC?
CHECK TIGHTNESS OF 27
VDC LUGS AND TERMI
NALS ON 800PL1. CHECK VOLTAGE BETWEEN
800PL1 FOR DEFECTIVE TERMINALS OF
27 VDC TRACKS. VOLTAGE BETWEEN
LIGHT CENTERING 800PL1 XJ3 PIN 61
LAMP L1 AT 27 VDC? AND TP2 AT 5 VDC?
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
CABLE BETWEEN 800PL6 VOLTAGE BETWEEN 800PL1 XJ3 PIN 52
XJ1C AND 800PL1 XJ14. TERMINALS OF 800PL6 REPLACE 800PL1.
REPLACE LIGHT CENTER AND TP6 AT 1.2 VDC?
C13 IS 15 VDC? ING LAMP L1.
CONTINUITY OF
REPLACE 800PL6. CABLE BETWEEN
REPLACE CABLE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ3 AND
800PL1 XJ9 AND LIGHT
800PL2 XJ9 OK?
CENTERING LAMP L1.
AND MEASURE CONTINU
ITY ON THE FREED CABLE
CONNECTOR

REPLACE 800PL1. REPLACE 800PL2..

: BETWEEN
PINS 6 AND 7.
REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL2 XJ9.
CONTINUITY OK?
CHECK WIRING BETWEEN

800PL6 XJ3 AND LIGHT
CENTERING DEVICE BUT
TON S33. IF OK, REPLACE
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN

BUTTON S33. 800PL6 XJ2 AND
800PL2 XJ3 OK? 400PL3 = CPU BOARD
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 800PL6 XJ2 AND 800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD
800PL2 XJ3.
800PL3 = CPU BOARD
REPLACE 800PL2.. 800PL6 = TUBE HOUSING ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 527
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 010 COMPRESSION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
IS SERVICE TERMINAL
SCREEN IN AGREE
MENT WITH THE CON
FIGURATION GIVEN ON
THE PREVIOUS PAGE?
ARE THERE ANY DIF
FERENCES ON THE
"STATUS" LINES?
RESET 800PL3. ACTIVATE SOFTWARE VIA
F3.
Fuse = Ok"?
Software Pres = On?
CHECK ALL FUSES ON
800PL1. REPLACE800PL2.
CONFIGURE "Movement ="

Paddle Refer = Closed? TO "Enable" VIA F1.
DOES "Phase Read

ARE
THE FOLLOWING ing =" SHOW A CY

CONDITIONS PRESENT: CLIC DISPLAY IN
"Comp Foot Sw = Off" THE SEQUENCE
"Decomp Foot Sw = Off" "0", "1", "3", "2"? REPLACE 800PL2.
579
"Direction = Decompression"
"Foot Security = Off"
?
WITH A COMPRESSION
PEDAL ACTIVATED, DO
THE FOLLOWING CONDI

Force Sensor = TIONS APPEAR:
+0.000E+0? "Comp Foot Sw = On
"Decomp Foot Sw = Off"
Software Pres = On? "Direction = Compression"
"Foot Security = On"
CHECK CABLE CONNEC ?
TION ON 800PL8 XJ1.
REPLACE 800PL2.
CABLE CONNECTION WITH A DECOMPRESSION

OK? PEDAL ACTIVATED, DO
THE FOLLOWING CONDI

TIONS APPEAR:
DISCONNECT CABLE "Comp Foot Sw = Off
AND CHECK CONNEC "Decomp Foot Sw = On"
TOR ON 800PL8. IF CON LOWER COMPRESSION
PADDLE HOLDER BY HAND "Direction = Decompression"
NECTOR IS DAMAGED, "Foot Security = On"
REPLACE 800PL8. TO ALLOW ACCESS TO
800PL5. ?
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
VOLTAGE ACROSS
800PL5 C8 (27V_EXT)
ROTATE COMPRESSION
FINE TUNING KNOB.
E
IS 27 VDC?
800PL1 F11 AT 27VDC?
Rotation But = SEE ILLUSTRATION 528
+0.000E+0?
SEE BLOCK DIAGRAM
NO. 7 USE F4 OR F5 KEYS TO
800PL5 DS2 ON? CONFIGURE "SPeed =
1.0 mm/s", THEN PRESS F6
CHECK CONTINUITY OF ONCE (@<07001>) AND
CABLE BETWEEN 800PL5 USE F1 AND F2 TO CONFI
XJ3 AND 800PL1 XJ2. 800PL5 DS4 AND DS5 GURE "% CURRENT = 25%".
ON?
REPLACE 800PL5. RETURN TO MENU

@<07000> AND USE F2 TO
CONFIGURE "POWER = On".
CONNECT SCOPE GROUND
TO 800PL2 TP17 OR TP23
(GND) AND PROBE TO POWER = On?
800PL2 TP8 ("FORCE_SEN
SOR" SIGNAL).
CHECK 5 VOLT POWER
SUPPLY.
RECTANGULAR SIGNAL
PRESENT ON SCOPE? WITH A COMPRESSION
PEDAL ACTIVATED, DO
CONTINUITY OF CABLE THE FOLLOWING CONDI

BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ1 TIONS APPEAR:
AND 800PL2 XJ4 OK? REPLACE 800PL2. "Paddle Refer = Open"
"Comp Foot Sw = On" M
REPLACE CABLE BE "Decomp Foot Sw = Off"
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ1 "Direction = Compression"
AND 800PL2 XJ4. "Foot Security = On" SEE ILLUSTRATION 530
?
CONTINUITY OF CABLE
BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ8
AND 800PL8 XJ1 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE CONFIRM THAT
THE
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ8 FOLLOWING CONDITIONS
AND 800PL8 XJ1. APPEARED:
"Paddle Refer = Open"
REPLACE 800PL8. "Comp Foot Sw = Off"
"Decomp Foot Sw = Off"
"Direction = Decompression"
"Foot Security = Off"
IS PADDLE GOING
TOWARDS HOME
POSITION?
REPLACE 800PL1.
(ROTOR CONTROL IN
CORRECT FOR RE
VERSING DIRECTION
OF MOVEMENT.)
END OF TEST.

800PL3 = CPU BOARD
800PL8 = PADDLE BOARD
H F
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 528
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 010 COMPRESSION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)
D E
580
WITH A DECOMPRESSION
PEDAL ACTIVATED, DO

THE FOLLOWING
CONDITIONS APPEAR:
"Comp Foot Sw = Off"
"Decomp Foot Sw = On"
"Direction = Decompres
sion" DISCONNECT PEDAL
"Foot Security = On" CABLE CONNECTOR FROM
??? 800PL1 AND CHECK:
- CONTINUITY BE
TWEEN PINS 3 AND 1
DISCONNECT PEDAL WHEN DECOMPRESSION
CABLE CONNECTOR FROM PEDAL IS ACTIVATED
800PL1 AND CHECK:
- CONTINUITY BETWEEN
PINS 3 AND 4 WHEN DE
PINS 3 AND 1 WHEN COM COMPRESSION IS ACTI
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD PRESSION IS ACTIVATED VATED
800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD - CONTINUITY BE - CONTINUITY BETWEEN

TWEEN PINS 3 AND 4 PINS 3 AND 2 WHEN ANY
WHEN COMPRESSION PED PEDAL IS ACTIVATED
AL IS ACTIVATED
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
PINS 3 AND 2 WHEN ANY
PEDAL IS ACTIVATED
ALL CHECKS ABOVE ALL CHECKS ABOVE

OK? OK?
REPLACE PEDAL ASSEMBLY.
- TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE

DMR
- DISCONNECT CABLE
FROM 800PL1 XJ3
- RECONNECT PEDAL
CABLE TO 800PL1
- OHMMETER REF TO
800PL1 F11 (PEDAL SUPPLY)
ACTIVATE COMPRESSION
PEDAL.
CONTINUITY AT
800PL1 XJ3 PIN 13?
CONTINUITY AT
800PL1 XJ3 PIN 14?
RELEASE COMPRESSION
PEDAL AND ACTIVATE DE
COMPRESSION PEDAL.
CONTINUITY AT
800PL1 XJ3 PIN 15?
CONTINUITY AT
800PL1 XJ3 PIN 14?
REPLACE 800PL1.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ3 AND
800PL2 XJ9 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL2 XJ9.
REPLACE 800PL2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 529
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
LOWER COMPRESSION
PADDLE HOLDER BY HAND
TO ALLOW ACCESS TO
800PL5.
VOLTAGE ACROSS
800PL5 C8 (27V_EXT)
IS 27 VDC?
800PL1 F11 AT 27VDC?
581
SEE BLOCK DIAGRAM 800PL5 DS2 IS ON?

NO. 7
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
XJ3 AND 800PL1 XJ2A. 800PL5 DS4 AND DS5
ARE ON?
REPLACE 800PL5.
SCOPE IN DIFFERENTIAL
MODE; PROBE TO 800PL5
U7 PIN 10 AND PIN 11
- ROTATE

COMPRESSION FINE TUN
ING BUTTON
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD - OBSERVE IF VOLTAGE

READING VARIES
Senographe DMR+
- REPEAT WITH PROBE
asm 2252561-100
ON 800PL5 U7 PIN 13 AND
800PL5 = COMPRESSION ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD PIN 14
DID VOLTAGE VARY

BETWEEN 800PL5 U7
PINS 10 AND 11?
DID VOLTAGE VARY

BETWEEN 800PL5 U7
PINS 13 AND 14?
DETACH COMPRESSION
PADDLE HOLDER FROM THE
GANTRY, IN ORDER TO HAVE
CONTINUITY OF CABLE
ACCESS TO 800PL9.
BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ1
AND 800PL2 XJ4 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
VOLTAGE BETWEEN TWEEN 800PL5 XJ2 AND
800PL9 XJ1 PINS 1 800PL2 XJ5.
AND 4 AT 5VDC?
REPLACE 800PL2.
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
CABLES BETWEEN
800PL9 AND 800PL8, AND
BETWEEN 800PL8 AND
800PL5.
- VOLTMETER REF TO
800PL9 XJ1 PIN 4
- VOLTMETER PROBE TO
800PL9 XJ1 PIN 2
- ROTATE

COMPRESSION FINE TUN
ING BUTTON
- OBSERVE IF VOLTAGE
READING VARIES
- REPEAT WITH VOLTME

TER PROBE ON 800PL9 XJ1
PIN 3
DID VOLTAGE VARY ON

800PL9 XJ1 PIN 2?
DID VOLTAGE VARY ON

800PL9 XJ1 PIN 3?
IS POSITION OF OPTI
CAL CODER CORRECT
WITH RESPECT TO THE CHECK CONTINUITY OF
CODER WHEEL? CABLES BETWEEN
800PL9 AND 800PL8, AND
BETWEEN 800PL8 AND
800PL5.
SEE JOB CARD ...
REPLACE 800PL9.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 530
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
M H
DOES PADDLE LEAVE

HOME POSITION?

(COMPRESSION MOTOR
WINDINGS). MEASURE RE
Paddle Refer : Open?
SISTANCE BETWEEN PINS 1
AND 2, AND BETWEEN PINS
3 AND 4 OF CABLE CON
NECTOR.
VOLTAGE ACROSS
800PL5 C8 IS 27VDC? CHECK THAT THE VALUE
OF "Position [cm] = " IS
CHANGING. DID WINDINGS
582
CONTINUITY OF CABLE SHOW A RESISTANCE

BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ3 OF ____ OHMS?
AND 800PL1 XJ2A OK? DISCONNECT COMPRES
SION MOTOR AT CONNEC
REPLACE CABLE BE TOR XJP1. MEASURE RE
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ3 AND SISTANCE BETWEEN PINS 1
800PL1 XJ2A. VOLTAGE ACROSS AND 2, AND BETWEEN PINS
800PL5 C8 IS 27VDC? 3 AND 4 OF CONNECTOR
GOING TO MOTOR.
CHECK 27V POWER
SUPPLY ON 800PL1.
DID WINDINGS
SHOW A RESISTANCE
OF ____ OHMS?
DS5 AND DS22 ON? 800PL5 DS5 IS ON?
REPLACE CABLE BE
XJP1.
CONTINUITY OF CABLE
WITH F0 OPTICALLY BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ7
BLOCKED, IS VOLTAGE AND 800PL11 XJ1 OK?
BETWEEN 800PL5 C52 REPLACE COMPRES
SION MOTOR M4.
Senographe DMR+
0V AND 800PL5 U6 PIN 1
asm 2252561-100
4VDC?
REPLACE 800PL5. LOWER COMPRESSION

PADDLE HOLDER BY HAND
TO ALLOW ACCESS TO
WITH 800PL5 FO OPTI 800PL5.
CALLY BLOCKED,
SCOPE IN DIFFEREN CONTINUITY OF CABLE
TIAL MODE, PROBE TO BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ3
800PL5 U6 PIN 2 AND USE F2 TO CONFIGURE AND 800PL1 XJ2 OK?
PIN 3, VOLTAGE IS 5V? POWER = Off.
REPLACE 800PL5. REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL1 XJ2.
REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL11 XJ1. CHECK 27V POWER CONNECT SCOPE GND TO
CONTINUITY OF CABLE
SUPPLY ON 800PL1. 800PL1 0V, THEN CHECK
BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ2
AND 800PL2 XJ5 OK? THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS
SET "SPeed :" TO MINI ON 800PL1:
REPLACE CABLE BE MUM POSSIBLE BY PRESS
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ1 AND ING F5 REPEATEDLY UNTIL
800PL2 XJ4. - 800PL1 CR9 CATHODE
"0.6 mm/s" IS OBTAINED. OR U13 PIN 1 SHOULD GO
TO 5VDC WHEN MoVemenT
REPLACE 800PL2. CONFIGURE POWER : On IS ENABLED VIA F2
VIA F2.
- 800PL1 CR 38 PIN 3 AND
CONNECT VOLTMETER CR55 PIN 3 SHOULD
GND TO 800PL5 C52 0V. SHOW A 1-VOLT PEAK
POSITIVE HALF-WAVE
RECTIFIED SINE WAVE (AP
DO VOLTAGES ON PROX. 4 mS PERIOD)
INPUT VOLTAGE OF 800PL5 U7 PIN 1
800PL5 Q2 EQUAL TO ITS PIN 7 VARY - 800PL1 CR7 ANODE OR
OUTPUT VOLTAGE (27V)? U7 PIN 1 AND 800PL1 CR27

ANODE OR U16 PIN 1
? REPLACE 800PL11.
SHOULD SHOW A
5-VOLT PEAK POSITIVE
SQUARE WAVE (APPROX. 8
mS PERIOD)
REPLACE 800PL5.
SCOPE IN DIFFERENTIAL
MODE, PROBE TO 800PL5
U7 PINS 2 AND 3;VOLTAGE ABOVE SIGNALS
VARIES OK?
CONTINUITY OF CABLE

REPLACE 800PL5.
BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ6
?
AND 800PL7 XJ1 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ6 AND REPLACE 800PL1.
800PL7 XJ1. SCOPE IN DIFFERENTIAL
MODE, PROBE TO 800PL5
U7 PINS 5 AND 6; VOLTAGE
VARIES CONTINUITY OF CABLE

BETWEEN 800PL1 XJ3

? AND 800PL2 XJ9 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
REPLACE 800PL5. 800PL2 XJ9.
CONTINUITY OF CABLE
BETWEEN 800PL5 XJ1
AND 800PL2 XJ4 OK? REPLACE 800PL2.
800PL5 DS6 ON? REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL2 XJ4.
REPLACE 800PL2.
REPLACE 800PL5.

REPLACE 800PL7.
800PL7 = SID SENSOR BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 531
REV 0
GE Medical Systems

VERIFY THAT SERVICE
TERMINAL SCREEN IS IN
AGREEMENT WITH PRE
VIOUS PAGE.
WHILE OBSERVING THE

REAR COLLIMATOR, EX
ECUTE THE "INIT" TEST BY
PRESSING F9 AND THEN F1.
DURING THE "INIT"

TEST, DID THE REAR

COLLIMATOR BEHAVE
AS GIVEN ON THE
"REAR COLLIMATOR
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD MAINT" MENU NO.
@<6020>?
583
800PL6 = TUBE HOUSING ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD

DURING THE "INIT"
TEST, DID THE MOTOR
MAKE A GROANING
NOISE?
ENTER "TEST" VIA F2. SET REAR COLLIMATOR AP

ERTURE TO MINIMUM OPEN
ING BY PRESSING F6 RE
CONFIGURE: PEATEDLY.
"PHASE 1 = Toggle" VIA F2.
: REAR COLLIMATOR

MEASURED WITH MOTOR MOVEMENTS ARE
SCOPE (PROBE LESS UNIFORM THAN IN
GROUND ON NORMAL APPLICATION BE
GROUNDED END OF CAUSE COMMAND FRE
800PL1 C21), DOES QUENCY IS REDUCED.
800PL1 U43 PIN 5
RECTANGULAR WA SHOW THE WAVE
VEFORM ON ANODE FORM GIVEN ON "Reference = "Open"?
Senographe DMR+
BLOCK DIAGRAM 12?
asm 2252561-100
OF 800PL1 CR49
(MEASURED WITH
SCOPE)?
END OF TEST.
CONFIGURE:
"Current Value = Toggle" VIA VOLTAGE ACROSS
F1. 800PL6 C15 IS 27 VDC?
REPLACE 800PL1.
DOES SCOPE SHOW

VOLTAGE ACROSS
THE WAVEFORM GIVEN
800PL6 C13 IS 15 VDC
ON BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? CONTINUITY OF
AND DS4 IS ON?
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL6 XJ1C AND
RECTANGULAR WA 800PL1 XJ14 OK?
"Current Value = Disabled" VOLTAGE BETWEEN
ODE OF 800PL1
"PHASE 1 = Disabled" 800PL6 XJ12 PIN 1 AND
CR52 (MEASURED
"PHASE 2 = Toggle". "0 V" END OF C13 IS
WITH SCOPE)?
6 VDC? CHECK 27V_EXT DISTRI
REPLACE 800PL6. BUTION ON 800PL1.
MEASURED WITH
REPLACE 800PL1. SCOPE (PROBE LEAVE TEST MODE VIA F9.
GROUND ON
GROUNDED END OF REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL1 C21), DOES TWEEN 800PL6 XJ1C AND
MEASURED WITH 800PL1 XJ14.
800PL1 U43 PIN 14
SHOW THE WAVE SCOPE, DOES
FORM GIVEN ON 800PL6 U2 PIN 17
BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? CHANGE STATE
RECTANGULAR WA WHEN "INIT" TEST
VEFORM ON ANODE IS EXECUTED?
OF 800PL1 CR54 MEASURED WITH
(MEASURED WITH SCOPE, DOES
SCOPE)? 800PL6 U2 PIN 2
CONFIGURE:
CHANGE STATE
"Current Value = Toggle". CONTINUITY OF WHEN "INIT" TEST
CABLE BETWEEN IS EXECUTED?
800PL6 XJ2 AND
REPLACE 800PL1. 800PL2 XJ3 OK?
DOES SCOPE SHOW THE
WAVEFORM GIVEN ON
BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? REPLACE 800PL6.
REPLACE 800PL2.
RECTANGULAR WAVE
FORM ON CATHODE OF VIEW 800PL1 U43 PIN 5 AND
800PL1 CR52 (MEA U53 PIN 14 SIMULTANEOUSLY REPLACE CABLE BE
SURED WITH SCOPE)? ON SCOPE. TWEEN 800PL6 XJ2 AND
800PL2 XJ3.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ3 AND WHILE WATCHING SCOPE,
800PL2 XJ9 OK? ACTIVATE "CLOSE" VIA F6.
REPLACE 800PL1. TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
DMR.
: REAR COLLIMATOR
MOTOR MOVEMENTS ARE
LESS UNIFORM THAN IN DISCONNECT 800PL6 XJ11.
NORMAL APPLICATION BE WITH VOLTMETER IN DIODE
REPLACE 800PL2. CAUSE COMMAND FRE TEST MODE, MEASURE
QUENCY IS REDUCED. VOLTAGE ON FREED CABLE
CONNECTOR BETWEEN
REPLACE CABLE BE PINS 1 AND 2. (SEE BLOCK
TWEEN 800PL1 XJ3 AND 90 DEG. PHASE OFFSET DIAGRAM 11.)
800PL2 XJ9. BETWEEN SIGNALS ON
SCOPE AS SHOWN ON
BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? DIODE JUNCTION
VOLTAGE AT 1 VDC?
REPLACE 800PL2.
REPLACE OPTO-
WITH 800PL6 XJ8 DIS SENSOR V10.
CONNECTED, 142 IN THE SAME WAY AS
OHMS BETWEEN ABOVE, CHECK DIODE
PINS 1 AND 2 AND BE JUNCTIONS OF OPTO-
TWEEN PINS 3 AND 4 SENSORS V11, V12 AND
(MOTOR M8 WIND V13 VIA 800PL6 XJ7, XJ10
REPLACE REAR COLLIMA INGS)? AND XJ12, RESPECTIVELY.
TOR MOTOR M8. REPLACE DEFECTIVE
OPTO-SENSOR(S).
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
XJ1C AND 800PL1 XJ14.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 532
REV 0
GE Medical Systems

TURN SENOGRAPHE DMR OFF,
THEN BACK ON AGAIN. PRESS
F10 AND GO TO "LATERAL COL
LIMATOR MAINT" MENU NO.
@<6021>.
WHILE OBSERVING THE LAT

ERAL COLLIMATOR BLADES,
EXECUTE THE "INIT" TEST
BY PRESSING F1.

DURING THE "INIT"
TEST, DID THE LATERAL
COLLIMATOR BLADES
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD BEHAVE AS GIVEN ON
THE "LATERAL COLLI
800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD MATOR MAINT" MENU
NO. @<6021>?
DURING THE "INIT"

TEST, DID THE MOTOR
584
MAKE A GROANING
NOISE?
CONFIRM :
ENTER "TEST" VIA F2. "Current Value = Disabled"
"PHASE 1 = Disabled"
CONFIRM :
"Current Value = Disabled"
"PHASE 1 = Disabled" SET LATERAL COLLIMATOR
"PHASE 2 = Disabled" APERTURE TO MINIMUM
OPENING BY PRESSING F6
REPEATEDLY.
CONFIGURE:
: LATERAL COLLIMATOR
MOTOR MOVEMENTS ARE
LESS UNIFORM THAN IN NOR
MEASURED WITH MAL APPLICATION BECAUSE
SCOPE (PROBE COMMAND FREQUENCY IS
GROUND ON REDUCED.
GROUNDED END OF
Senographe DMR+
800PL1 C12), DOES
asm 2252561-100
800PL1 U11 PIN 5
SHOW THE WAVE
RECTANGULAR WAVE FORM GIVEN ON "Reference = "Open"?
FORM ON ANODE OF BLOCK DIAGRAM 12?
800PL1 CR5 (MEA
SURED WITH SCOPE)?
END OF TEST.
CONFIGURE: VOLTAGE ACROSS
"Current Value = Toggle" VIA F1. 800PL6 C15 IS 27 VDC?
REPLACE 800PL1.
DOES SCOPE SHOW VOLTAGE ACROSS

THE WAVEFORM GIV 800PL6 C13 IS 15 VDC
EN ON BLOCK DIA AND DS4 IS ON? CONTINUITY OF
GRAM 12? CABLE BETWEEN
800PL6 XJ1C AND
800PL1 XJ14 OK?
RECTANGULAR WAVE VOLTAGE BETWEEN

CONFIGURE:
FORM ON CATHODE OF 800PL6 XJ12 PIN 1 AND
800PL1 CR6 (MEASURED "0 V" END OF C13 IS
WITH SCOPE)? 6 VDC? CHECK 27V_EXT DISTRI
"PHASE 2 = Toggle".
MEASURED WITH LEAVE TEST MODE VIA F9.

REPLACE 800PL1. SCOPE (PROBE REPLACE CABLE BE
GROUND ON TWEEN 800PL6 XJ1C AND
GROUNDED END OF MEASURED WITH 800PL1 XJ14.
800PL1 C12), DOES SCOPE, DOES
800PL1 U11 PIN 14 800PL6 U2 PIN 17
SHOW THE WAVE CHANGE STATE
FORM GIVEN ON WHEN "INIT" TEST
BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? IS EXECUTED?
MEASURED WITH
RECTANGULAR WAVE SCOPE, DOES
FORM ON ANODE OF 800PL6 U2 PIN 2
800PL1 CR8 (MEA CHANGE STATE
SURED WITH SCOPE)? CONTINUITY OF WHEN "INIT" TEST
CONFIGURE: CABLE BETWEEN IS EXECUTED?
"Current Value = Toggle". 800PL6 XJ2 AND
800PL2 XJ3 OK?

DOES SCOPE SHOW THE
WAVEFORM GIVEN ON
E
BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? REPLACE 800PL2.
REPLACE CABLE BE
RECTANGULAR WAVE TWEEN 800PL6 XJ2 AND
FORM ON CATHODE VIEW 800PL1 U11 PIN 5 AND 800PL2 XJ3.
OF 800PL1 CR6 (MEA B11 PIN 14 SIMULTANEOUSLY
SURED WITH SCOPE)? ON SCOPE.
CONTINUITY OF CABLE TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE

BETWEEN 800PL1 XJ3 WHILE WATCHING SCOPE, AC DMR.
AND 800PL2 XJ9 OK? TIVATE "CLOSE" VIA F6.
REPLACE 800PL1.
DISCONNECT 800PL6 XJ11.
WITH VOLTMETER IN DIODE
: LATERAL COLLIMATOR
TEST MODE, MEASURE
MOTOR MOVEMENTS ARE
VOLTAGE ON FREED CABLE
LESS UNIFORM THAN IN NOR
CONNECTOR BETWEEN
MAL APPLICATION BECAUSE
PINS 1 AND 2. (SEE BLOCK
REPLACE 800PL2. COMMAND FREQUENCY IS
DIAGRAM 11.)
REDUCED.
REPLACE CABLE BETWEEN 90 DEG. PHASE OFF DIODE JUNCTION

800PL1 XJ3 AND 800PL2 SET BETWEEN SIG VOLTAGE AT 1 VDC?
XJ9. NALS ON SCOPE AS
SHOWN ON BLOCK REPLACE OPTO-
DIAGRAM 12? SENSOR V10.
IN THE SAME WAY AS
REPLACE 800PL2. ABOVE, CHECK DIODE
JUNCTIONS OF OPTO-
SENSORS V11, V12 AND
WITH 800PL6 XJ9 DIS V13 VIA 800PL6 XJ7, XJ10
CONNECTED, 142 AND XJ12, RESPECTIVELY.
OHMS BETWEEN PINS REPLACE DEFECTIVE
1 AND 2 AND BETWEEN OPTO-SENSOR(S).
PINS 3 AND 4 (MOTOR
M9 WINDINGS)?
REPLACE LATERAL COLLI
MATOR MOTOR M9.
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 533
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TURN SENOGRAPHE DMR

OFF, THEN BACK ON AGAIN.
PRESS F10 AND GO TO "LAT
ERAL COLLIMATOR MAINT"
MENU NO. @<6021>.
WHILE OBSERVING THE

LATERAL COLLIMATOR
BLADES, EXECUTE THE
"INIT" TEST BY PRESSING
F1.

DURING THE "INIT"
TEST, DID THE FRONT
COLLIMATOR BLADES
800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD BEHAVE AS GIVEN ON
THE "LATERAL COLLI
800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD MATOR MAINT" MENU
NO. @<6022>?
585
DURING THE "INIT"

TEST, DID THE MOTOR
MAKE A GROANING
NOISE?
CONFIRM :
ENTER "TEST" VIA F2. "Current Value = Disabled"
CONFIRM :
"PHASE 1 = Disabled" SET FRONT COLLIMATOR
"PHASE 2 = Disabled" APERTURE TO MINIMUM
OPENING BY PRESSING F6
REPEATEDLY.
CONFIGURE:
: FRONT COLLIMATOR
MOTOR MOVEMENTS ARE
MEASURED WITH LESS UNIFORM THAN IN
SCOPE (PROBE NORMAL APPLICATION BE
GROUND ON CAUSE COMMAND FRE
Senographe DMR+
GROUNDED END OF QUENCY IS REDUCED.
asm 2252561-100
800PL1 C52), DOES
800PL1 U55 PIN 5
RECTANGULAR WA SHOW THE WAVE
VEFORM ON ANODE FORM GIVEN ON "Reference = "Open"?
OF 800PL1 CR58 BLOCK DIAGRAM 12?
(MEASURED WITH
SCOPE)?
END OF TEST.
CONFIGURE: VOLTAGE ACROSS
"Current Value = Toggle" VIA F1. 800PL6 C15 IS 27 VDC?
REPLACE 800PL1.
DOES SCOPE SHOW

THE WAVEFORM GIVEN VOLTAGE ACROSS
ON BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? 800PL6 C13 IS 15 VDC
AND DS4 IS ON? CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL6 XJ1C AND
RECTANGULAR WA 800PL1 XJ14 OK?
"Current Value = Disabled" VOLTAGE BETWEEN
ODE OF 800PL1 800PL6 XJ12 PIN 1 AND
CR63 (MEASURED "PHASE 1 = Disabled"
"PHASE 2 = Toggle". "0 V" END OF C13 IS
WITH SCOPE)? 6 VDC? CHECK 27V_EXT DISTRI
MEASURED WITH
REPLACE 800PL1. SCOPE (PROBE LEAVE TEST MODE VIA F9.
GROUND ON REPLACE CABLE BE
GROUNDED END OF TWEEN 800PL6 XJ1C AND
800PL1 C42), DOES MEASURED WITH 800PL1 XJ14.
800PL1 U55 PIN 14 SCOPE, DOES
SHOW THE WAVE 800PL6 U2 PIN 17
FORM GIVEN ON CHANGE STATE
RECTANGULAR WA BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? WHEN "INIT" TEST
VEFORM ON ANODE IS EXECUTED?
OF 800PL1 CR65 MEASURED WITH
(MEASURED WITH SCOPE, DOES
SCOPE)? 800PL6 U2 PIN 2
CONFIGURE: CHANGE STATE
"Current Value = Toggle". CONTINUITY OF WHEN "INIT" TEST
CABLE BETWEEN IS EXECUTED?
800PL6 XJ2 AND
REPLACE 800PL1. 800PL2 XJ3 OK?
DOES SCOPE SHOW THE
WAVEFORM GIVEN ON
E BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? REPLACE 800PL6.
REPLACE 800PL2.
RECTANGULAR WA
VEFORM ON CATH VIEW 800PL1 U55 PIN 5 AND
ODE OF 800PL1 U55 PIN 14 SIMULTANEOUSLY REPLACE CABLE BE
CR63 (MEASURED ON SCOPE. TWEEN 800PL6 XJ2 AND
WITH SCOPE)? 800PL2 XJ3.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ3 AND WHILE WATCHING SCOPE,
800PL2 XJ9 OK? ACTIVATE "CLOSE" VIA F6.
REPLACE 800PL1. TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
DMR.
: FRONT COLLIMATOR
MOTOR MOVEMENTS ARE
LESS UNIFORM THAN IN DISCONNECT 800PL6 XJ11.
NORMAL APPLICATION BE WITH VOLTMETER IN DIODE
REPLACE 800PL2. CAUSE COMMAND FRE TEST MODE, MEASURE
QUENCY IS REDUCED. VOLTAGE ON FREED CABLE
CONNECTOR BETWEEN
REPLACE CABLE BE PINS 1 AND 2. (SEE BLOCK
90 DEG. PHASE OFF
TWEEN 800PL1 XJ3 AND DIAGRAM 11.)
SET BETWEEN SIG
800PL2 XJ9. NALS ON SCOPE AS
SHOWN ON BLOCK
DIAGRAM 12? DIODE JUNCTION
VOLTAGE AT 1 VDC?
REPLACE 800PL2.
REPLACE OPTO-
WITH 800PL6 XJ9 DIS SENSOR V10.
CONNECTED, 28 IN THE SAME WAY AS
OHMS BETWEEN ABOVE, CHECK DIODE
PINS 1 AND 2 AND BE JUNCTIONS OF OPTO-
TWEEN PINS 3 AND 4 SENSORS V11, V12 AND
(MOTOR WINDINGS)? V13 VIA 800PL6 XJ7, XJ10
REPLACE FRONT COLLI AND XJ12, RESPECTIVELY.
MATOR MOTOR REPLACE DEFECTIVE
OPTO-SENSOR(S).
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 534
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 012 FILTER TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
SERVICE TERMINAL
SCREEN MUST BE IN
AGREEMENT WITH THE
CONFIGURATION GIVEN
ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE.
WHILE OBSERVING THE FIL

TER HOLDER, EXECUTE THE
"INIT" TEST BY PRESSING F9
AND THEN F1.
DID THE FILTER HOLD

ER MAKE A COM
PLETE TURN AND
THEN RETURN TO THE
LAST FILTER USED?
DID THE FILTER HOLD
ER MAKE A COM
PLETE TURN AND
586
THEN GENERATE A
"BEEP" TONE
END OF TEST.

CONFIRM: FILTER HOLDER

DID NOT ROTATE AT ALL. ?
VOLTAGE ACROSS
CONFIRM: 800PL6 C15 IS 27 VDC?
Phase 1 = Disabled
Phase 2 = Disabled CHECK 27V_EXT ON 800PL1.
Reference = X
IS 800PL6 LED DS6
ON?
CONFIGURE "PHASE 1" TO
"Toggle" VIA F2. PROBLEMS WITH
27V_EXT ON 800PL1?
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
WITH PROBE GROUND 800PL6 XJ12 PIN 1 AND
ON GROUNDED END "0V" END OF C14 AT 6
OF 800PL1 C188 OR VDC? CHECK 800PL1 FOR
U74 PIN 1, DOES TIGHTNESS OF SUPPLY
Senographe DMR+
REPLACE 800PL6. TERMINALS, DEFECTIVE
asm 2252561-100
800PL1 U74 PIN 5
SHOW THE WAVE PRINTED CIRCUIT PATHS,
FORM GIVEN ON ETC.
RECTANGULAR WAVE MEASURED WITH
BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? FORM ON ANODE OF SCOPE, DOES
800PL1 CR72 WHEN 800PL6 U2 PIN 15
MEASURED WITH CHECK CONTINUITY OF
CHANGE STATE
SCOPE? CABLE BETWEEN 800PL6
WHEN "INIT" TEST
KEEP "PHASE 1 = Toggle" XJ1C AND 800PL1 XJ14.
IS EXECUTED? MEASURED WITH
AND CONFIGURE "Current SCOPE, DOES
Value" TO "Toggle" VIA F1. 800PL6 U2 PIN 4
REPLACE 800PL1. CHANGE STATE
CONTINUITY OF WHEN "INIT" TEST
CABLE BETWEEN IS EXECUTED? TURN OFF SENOGRAPHE
DOES SCOPE SHOW
THE WAVEFORM GIVEN 800PL6 XJ2 AND DMR.
ON BLOCK DIAGRAM 12? 800PL2 XJ3 OK?
RECTANGULAR WAVE REPLACE 800PL6. DISCONNECT 800PL6 XJ11.

FORM ON CATHODE WITH VOLTMETER IN DIODE
OF 800PL1 CR76 TEST MODE, MEASURE
CONFIGURE: WHEN MEASURED REPLACE 800PL2. VOLTAGE ON FREED CABLE
"Current Value = Disabled" WITH SCOPE? CONNECTOR BETWEEN
"PHASE 1 = Disabled" PINS 1 AND 2. (SEE BLOCK
"PHASE 2 = Toggle". REPLACE CABLE BE DIAGRAM 12.)
WITH PROBE DIODE JUNCTION

GROUND ON VOLTAGE AT 1 VDC?
GROUNDED END OF
800PL1 C188 OR U74 REPLACE OPTO-
PIN 1, DOES 800PL1 SENSOR V10.
U74 PIN 14 SHOW
THE WAVEFORM GIV IN THE SAME WAY AS
EN ON BLOCK DIA RECTANGULAR WAVE ABOVE, CHECK DIODE
GRAM 12? FORM ON ANODE OF JUNCTIONS OF OPTO-
800PL1 CR81 (MEA SENSORS V11, V12 AND
SURED WITH SCOPE)? V13 VIA 800PL6 XJ7, XJ10
AND XJ12, RESPECTIVELY.
CONFIGURE: REPLACE DEFECTIVE
"Current Value = Toggle". OPTO-SENSOR(S).
REPLACE 800PL1.
DOES SCOPE SHOW

THE WAVEFORM GIVEN
ON BLOCK DIAGRAM 12?
RECTANGULAR WAVE
FORM ON CATHODE OF
800PL1 CR76 (MEA
VIEW 800PL1 U74 PIN 14 SURED WITH SCOPE)?
AND U74 PIN 5 SIMULTA
NEOUSLY ON SCOPE.

: FILTER MOTOR REPLACE 800PL1.
MOVEMENTS ARE LESS UNI 800PL2 = GANTRY INTERFACE BOARD
FORM THAN IN NORMAL
APPLICATION BECAUSE
COMMAND FREQUENCY IS CONTINUITY OF 800PL6 = TUBE HOUSING ARM DISTRIBUTION BOARD
REDUCED. CABLE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ3 AND
800PL2 XJ9 OK?
90 DEG. PHASE
SHIFT BETWEEN SIG
NALS ON SCOPE AS
SHOWN ON BLOCK REPLACE 800PL2.
DIAGRAM 12?
REPLACE 800PL2.
REPLACE CABLE BE
WITH 800PL6 XJ6 DIS 800PL2 XJ9.
CONNECTED, 142
OHMS BETWEEN PINS 1
AND 2 AND BETWEEN
PINS 3 AND 4 (MOTOR
M6 WINDINGS)?
REPLACE FILTER MOTOR M6.
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 535
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 013 ARM ROTATION TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
GO TO MENU @<07014.
IS SERVICE TERMINAL
SCREEN IN AGREE
MENT WITH THE CON
FIGURATION GIVEN
ON THE PREVIOUS
ARE THERE DIFFER PAGE?
ENCES ON THE "STA
TUS" LINES?
RESET 800PL3 AND
400PL3. ACTIVATE ONE OF THE ARM
ROTATION BUTTONS (S21,
S23, S25, OR S27).
"Fuse = Ok"?
CHECK ALL FUSES ON "Rot Button = On"

800PL1. "Button Secu = On"?
587
"Soft Presence = Off""?
REPLACE 800PL2. CONFIGURE "SOFTware" TO

"On" VIA F2.
"Rot Button" = Off"
"Button Secu = Off"?
"Soft Presence = On"?

CONFIRM "Rotation Cde = On"
"Rotat Supplied = On". REPLACE 800PL2.
CONFIGURE "MoVemenT"
REPLACE 800PL2. TO "Enabled" VIA F1.
ACTIVATE ONE OF THE ARM

S23, S25, OR S27).
"Rot Button = On",

"Soft Presence = On",
"Button Secu = On", "Ro
tation Cde = On",
"Rotat Supplied = On"??
Senographe DMR+
"Rotation Cde = Off"
asm 2252561-100
"Rotat Supplied = Off"?
WAS ELECTRO-
BRAKE AUDIBLY ACTI
VATED WHEN BUT REPLACE 800PL2.
TON WAS PRESSED?
CONFIGURE SOFTware = Off
VIA F2 AND MoVemenT =
Disabled VIA F1.
END OF TEST.
DOES VOLTAGE BE 800PL1 DS8 LIT?

TWEEN 800PL1 XJ6
PINS 1 AND 2 GO
FROM 0 TO 30 VDC
WHEN ARM ROTA CONFIGURE SOFTware = On
TION BUTTON IS AC VIA F2 AND MoVemenT = En
TIVATED? abled VIA F1.
REPLACE 800PL2.
ACTIVATE ONE OF THE ARM
CONTINUITY OF CABLE S23, S25, OR S27).
BETWEEN 800PL1 XJ6
AND ELECTRO-BRAKE
Y1 OK? Rotat Supplied = Off?
REPLACE CABLE BE
ELECTRO-BRAKE Y1. END OF TEST.
REPLACE ELECTRO- CONTINUITY OF 800PL1 DS8 LIT?

BRAKE Y1. CABLE BETWEEN
VOLTAGE ACROSS TER 800PL1 XJ3 AND
MINALS OF 800PL5 C4 800PL2 XJ9 OK?
AT 27 VDC? REPLACE 800PL2.
CHECK 27V_EXT DISTRIBU
TION ON 800PL1. REPLACE 800PL2.
VOLTAGE ACROSS TER
MINALS OF 800PL5 C2
AT 15 VDC? PROBLEMS WITH REPLACE CABLE BETWEEN CHECK 800PL1 F10.
27V_EXT ON 800PL1? 800PL1 XJ3 AND 800PL2
REPLACE 800PL5. XJ9.
VOLTAGE AT 800PL1
CHECK 800PL1 FOR XJ3 PIN 53 AT 1.4 VDC?
DISCONNECT 800PL5 XJ4. TIGHTNESS OF SUPPLY

TERMINALS, DEFECTIVE
, MEASURE PRINTED CIRCUIT PATHS,
CONTINUITY ON FREED ETC. REPLACE 800PL1.
CABLE CONNECTOR BE
TWEEN PINS 3 AND 5 AND
BETWEEN PINS 4 AND 5. CHECK CONTINUITY OF CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN 800PL5 CABLE BETWEEN
XJ3 AND 800PL1 XJ2. 800PL1 XJ3 AND
800PL2 XJ9 OK?
CONTINUITY OK?
REPLACE 800PL2.
CHECK BUTTON WIRING
AND/OR REPLACE DEFEC
TIVE BUTTON. REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL2 XJ9.
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL5 XJ1 AND
800PL2 XJ4 OK?

REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ1 AND 800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD
800PL2 XJ4.
REPLACE 800PL2. 800PL3 = CPU BOARD
400PL3 = CPU BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 536
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 014 GRID MOVEMENT TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS

REMOVE BUCKY.
800PL10 = IMAGE RECEPTOR BOARD
GRID CARRIAGE
STUCK?
RE-INSTALL BUCKY
REPLACE BUCKY. GO TO MENU @<07114>..
FUSE = Ok?
&)
TRANS CHECK 0 = OK CONTINUITY OF CABLE
CH1 "Grid Presence = yes"? AND BETWEEN 800PL2 XJ4
588
)
TRANS CHECK 1 = OK? AND 800PL5 XJ1 OK?

REPLACE BLOWN
FUSE(S) ON 800PL1. REPLACE 800PL5
F5 MOTOR
F11 BUCKY SUPPLY
REPLACE CABLE
CH2
!) #' (& #"
& %#)%" (&
EXECUTE "CALIB" TEST DISCONNECT 800PL5 XJ3.

CH1: ON_TRAME (ON GRID); 800-PL1-XJ3 pin 31 (CR87 CATHODE) VIA F1.
CH2: CONSIGNE TRAME (GRID REF.); 800-PL1 TP10
GROUND REF. TP6
A DID MOTOR ACTIVATE
+15 VDC ACROSS
800PL5 C51 OR LED
DURING "CALIB" DS4 ON?
TEST?
TROUBLESHOOT AND
SLOWLY MOVE GRID CAR CORRECT PROBLEM
RIAGE FROM ONE EXTREME WITH +15V.
TO THE OTHER WHILE
WATCHING "Grid End Stop" DISCONNECT 800PL10 J1.
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
ON SERVICE TERMINAL.
WITH "CALIB" TEST
EXECUTING, IS SIG 27 VDC ON FREED
NAL AT D21 CATHODE CABLE END (FROM
DID "Grid End Stop" 80PL10 XJ1) BETWEEN
AS SHOWN AT A? BEGIN AT "Closed",
CONTINUITY OF PINS 1 AND 2?
CHANGE TO
CABLE BETWEEN "Open", THEN RE
800PL1 XJ3 AND TURN TO "Closed"? REPLACE CABLE BE
800PL2 XJ9 OK? TWEEN 800PL5 XJ9B
AND 800PL10 J1.
REPLACE 800PL2. SET ARM ROTATION TO 0

WITH "CALIB" TEST DEG. (GRID IN HORIZON RECONNECT 800PL10 J1.
EXECUTING, IS SIG TAL POSITION). PERFORM
#' #" " REPLACE CABLE BE
NAL AT 800PL1 TP10 A CALIBRATION VIA F1.
%!#) #% '&' & ' TWEEN 800PL1 XJ3 AND
& ($ ' *
AS SHOWN AT B? 800PL2 XJ9. LED DS2 IS OFF?
IS "Gain" > 0.6 OR
<0.5? (>+6.000E-1
WITH "CALIB" TEST OR <+5.000E-1)
EXECUTING, IS SIG REPLACE BUCKY
RECTANGULAR SIG NAL AT 800PL1 TP13
NAL BETWEEN xJ2B AS SHOWN AT C? ADJUST DISTANCE BETWEEN
PIN 1 AND PIN2 ON MAGNET AND HALL EFFECT
800PL1? SENSOR Q2. SEE ADJUSTMENT
REPLACE 800PL1. PROCEDURE IN TSG014.
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 800PL2 XJ9 AND - INCREASE DISTANCE TO RE CHECK GRID CARRIAGE
CONTINUITY OF 800PL1 XJ3. DUCE GAIN; FOR CORRECT MECHANI
CABLE BETWEEN CAL CENTERING. SEE JOB
800PL1 XJ2A AND - REDUCE DISTANCE TO IN CARD DR 14 PARAGRAPHS
800PL5 XJ3A OK? REPLACE 800PL2. CREASE GAIN. 5-2-6 TO 5-2-11.
REPLACE CABLE BE
TWEEN 800PL1 XJ2A A CORRECT "Gain" VALUE IS BE
AND 800PL5 XJA3. TWEEN 0.5 AND 0.6 (+5.000E-1
AND +6.000E-1).
SLOWLY MOVE GRID CAR
CONTINUITY OF RIAGE FROM ONE EX
CABLE BETWEEN TREME TO THE OTHER
800PL5 XJ9B AND WHILE WATCHING "Grid
800PL10 J1 OK? IS "Offset" > 0.57 OR
End Stop" ON SERVICE
REPLACE CABLE BE <0.43? (>+5.7000E-1
TERMINAL.
TWEEN 800PL5 XJ9B OR <+4.3000E-1)
AND 800PL10 J1.
REPLACE BUCKY. CHECK THAT BLADE OF DID "Grid End Stop"

OPTOSENSOR F1 IS NOT APPEAR AT LEAST
BENT OR TWISTED. ONCE AS "Closed",
AND AT LEAST
B ONCE AS "Open"?
!)
REINSTALL GRID IN
BUCKY AND REINSTALL
BUCKY. SEE ADJUSTMENT PRO
CH1 CEDURE IN TSG014
!)
CHECK THAT CALIBRATION

IS OK FOR ALL ARM ROTA
TION ANGLES AND FOR
BOTH 18X24 AND 24X30 +27V OK ON 800PL10
XJ1 PIN 3?
C BUCKIES. SEE JOB CARD IST
!) 026 IN SERVICE MANUAL.
CH1: CONSIGNE_TRAME (GRID_REF.); 800-PL1 TP10 CH1 REPLACE BUCKY.

GROUND REF. TP6 !) CALIBRATIONS ABOVE
ALL OK, NO ERROR
MESSAGES?
RESTORE +27 V
(CHECK/REPLACE
800PL1, 800PL5).
END OF TEST.
CH2
)
+27V OK ON 800PL10
XJ1 PIN 3?
CH1: GRID_MOTOR_CURRENT; 800-PL1 TP13

CH2: CONSIGNE TRAME (GRID REF.); 800-PL1 TP10
GROUND REF. TP6 REPLACE BUCKY.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 537
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 015 INTERQRM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
IS SERVICE TERMI
NAL SCREEN IN
AGREEMENT WITH
THE CONFIGURA
TION GIVEN ON THE
ARE THERE DIFFER PREVIOUS PAGE?
ENCES ON THE "STA
TUS" LINES?
RESET 800PL3 AND ACTIVATE LOCK HANDLE

400PL3. WHILE WATCHING SERVICE
TERMINAL SCREEN.
"Fuse = Ok"?
"Lock Button = On"
CHECK ALL FUSES ON "Button Secu = On"?
800PL1.
"Software Pres = Off"? CONFIGURE "SOFTware"

TO "On" VIA F2 ON SER
REPLACE 800PL2. VICE TERMINAL.
589
"Lock Button = Off"

"Button Secu = Off"? "Software Pres = On"?
REPLACE 800PL2.
"Lock Command = Off" CONFIGURE "MoVement"

"Lock Supply = TO "On" VIA F1 ON SER
Off"? VICE TERMINAL.
REPLACE 800PL2.
ACTIVATE LOCK HANDLE
WHILE WATCHING SERVICE
TERMINAL SCREEN.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
TERMINALS OF
800PL6 C15 AT 27
VDC? ON SERVICE TERMINAL
SCREEN, DID THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS
DISTRIBUTION OF APPEAR:
27 VDC ON 800PL1 "Lock Button = On
OK? "Software Pres = On"
Senographe DMR+
"Button Secu = On"
"Lock Command = Off"
asm 2252561-100
"Lock Command = On"
"Lock Supply = On" "Lock Supply =
CHECK TIGHTNESS OF ??? Off"?
27 VDC LUGS AND TER
MINALS ON 800PL1.
CHECK 800PL1 FOR DE
FECTIVE 27 VDC TRACKS. REPLACE 800PL2.
LOCK VISIBLY ACTI CONFIRM:

CHECK CONTINUITY OF VATED? "Lock Command = On"
VOLTAGE BETWEEN "Lock Supply = Off".
TERMINALS OF
800PL6 C13 AT 15
VDC? ROTATE TUBE-CARRYING 800PL1 DS11 LIT?
ARM FROM 0 TO +15 DEG.
REPLACE 800PL6.
CHECK LOCK FUSE F9.

DISCONNECT 800PL6 XJ3 "Arm Tilt = 15 Degree"?
AND MEASURE CONTINU
ITY ON THE FREED CABLE VOLTAGE BETWEEN
CONNECTOR
800PL1 XJ3 PIN 51 AND

: BE 800PL1 TP6 AT 1.2
TWEEN PINS 7 AND 4, VDC?
BETWEEN PINS 7 AND 3.
REPLACE 800PL1.
CONTINUITIES
OK?
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
CONTINUITY OF 800PL1 XJ3 AND
CABLE BETWEEN 800PL2 XJ9 OK?
800PL16 XJ1 AND
800PL6 XJ3 OK?
CONTINUITY OF REPLACE 800PL2..

REPLACE CABLE BE CABLE BETWEEN
TWEEN 800PL16 XJ1 AND 800PL6 XJ2 AND
800PL6 XJ3. 800PL2 XJ3 OK? REPLACE CABLE BE
DOES VOLTAGE BE 800PL2 XJ9.
TWEEN 800PL1 XJ8A
REPLACE LOCK HANDLE. REPLACE CABLE BE AND XJ8B CHANGE
TWEEN 800PL6 XJ2 AND FROM 0V TO 30 VDC
800PL2 XJ3. WHEN LOCK HAN
DLE IS ACTIVATED? REPLACE 800PL1.
REPLACE 800PL2..
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL1 XJ8 AND LOCK
Y2 OK?
REPLACE CABLE BE
LOCK Y2.

REPLACE LOCK Y2.
400PL3 = CPU BOARD
800PL3 = CPU BOARD
800PL16 = LOCK COMMAND BOARD
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 538
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 015 INTERQRM LOCK COMMAND TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS (CONTINUED)
F D
ROTATE TUBE-CARRYING
ARM FROM +15 TO +27
DEG.
"Arm Tilt = +/-27 De

590
gree"?
ARM BACK TO 0 DEG, PAUS
ING BETWEEN DETENTS TO
VERIFY THAT THE MESSAGE
"Arm Tilt = Instable" APPEARS.
DID MESSAGE APPEAR

CORRECTLY ABOVE?
ARM FROM 0 TO -15 DEG.
"Arm Tilt = -15 De
Senographe DMR+
gree"?
asm 2252561-100
ARM FROM -15 TO -27
DEG.
Arm Tilt = +/-27 Deg."?
END OF TEST.
VOLTAGE BETWEEN
TERMINALS OF
800PL5 C8 AT 27
VDC?
DISTRIBUTION OF 27
VDC ON 800PL1 OK?
DS4 ON?
CHECK TIGHTNESS OF 27
VDC LUGS AND TERMI
NALS ON 800PL1. CHECK REPLACE 800PL5.
800PL1 FOR DEFECTIVE
27 VDC TRACKS.
AND MEASURE CONTINUITY

ON THE FREED CABLE CON
CHECK CONTINUITY OF
NECTOR 800PL1 = GANTRY POWER BOARD

BETWEEN PINS 3
XJ3 AND 800PL1 XJ2B. AND 6. (SEE BLOCK DIA
GRAM 13.)
CONTINUITY OK? 800PL15 = INTER ARM TILT SENSOR BOARD

, CONTINUITY
OK BETWEEN PINS 1
AND 6?

, CONTINUITY
OK BETWEEN PINS 2
AND 6?
CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL5 XJ5 AND
800PL15 XJ1 OK? CONTINUITY OF
CABLE BETWEEN
800PL5 XJ1 AND
REPLACE CABLE BE 800PL2 XJ4 OK?
800PL15 XJ1.
REPLACE CABLE BE
REPLACE 800PL2.
TROUBLESHOOTING
ILLUSTRATION 539
REV 0
GE Medical Systems
TSG 017 ARM SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW CHARTS
VERIFY THAT SERVICE TER
591
MINAL SCREEN IS IN AGREE

MENT WITH PREVIOUS PAGE.
CONFIRM: "Arm sync

self-test : YES"
ACTIVATE TEST BY PRESSING

1ST TRIGGER BUTTON.
ERROR MESSAGE
027/002 OR 027/004?
ERROR MESSAGE
027/003?
GANTRY FAILURE.
ERROR MESSAGE 027/001.
GO TO "GRID MAINTENANCE"
DISCONNECT OPTICAL FIBER CHECK THAT OPTICAL FIBER MENU @<07114> (UNDER
CONNECTOR FROM 800PL2 CABLES AT 400PL2 XJ8 AND ARM/VALID/MAINT).
XJ16. XJ9 ARE NOT CROSSED.
NOTE: WHEN ATTEMPTING
Senographe DMR+
asm 2252561-100
TO TEST FOR THIS PROB PERFORM A CALIBRATION
LEM, IT IS NECESSARY TO VIA F1.

TURN SENOGRAPHE DMR
RELEASED, OFF, REVERSE THE CABLES,
OPTICAL TRANSMIT THEN TURN SENOGRAPHE
TER AT 800PL2 XJ16 DMR ON AGAIN. GRID CALIBRATION OK?
LIT?
REPLACE 400PL2.
REPAIR GRID SYSTEM.
RETURN TO MENU
@<00291> AND CONFI
REPLACE 800PL2. PERFORM SEVERAL CALI
GURE: "Arm sync self-test :
NO" VIA F6 BRATIONS AT DIFFERENT
ARM ROTATIONS: +45, +90,
-45, -90 DEG.
DISCONNECT OPTICAL FIBER
CONNECTOR FROM 800PL2
XJ16. ABOVE GRID CALIBRA
TIONS ALL OK?
ACTIVATE TEST BY PRESSING REPAIR GRID SYSTEM.

1ST TRIGGER BUTTON.
END OF TEST.
OPTICAL TRANSMIT
TER AT 800PL2 XJ16
LIT?
REPLACE 800PL2.
DISCONNECT OPTICAL FIBER

CONNECTOR TO 800PL2
XJ16. DISCONNECT OPPO
SITE END OF CABLE FROM
400PL2 XJ9.
ACTIVATE TEST BY PRESSING

1ST TRIGGER BUTTON.
FREED END OF OPTI

CAL FIBER CABLE LIT?
REPLACE OPTICAL FIBER

REPLACE 400PL2.

TROUBLESHOOTING
GE Medical Systems Senographe DMR+
REV 0 asm 2252561-100
TROUBLESHOOTING
Blank page.
592
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
CHAPTER 6

TABLE
TITLE PAGE
BLOCK DIAGRAM (GENERATOR) No. 1

GENERATOR POWERUP SEQUENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
GENERATOR POWER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
FIRST TRIGGER AND SECOND TRIGGER (TSG 019) + AEG (TSG 002) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
XRAY TUBE BIAS AND FILAMENT HEATING (TSG 006) (TSG 003) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
ANODE STARTER (TSG 005) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
XRAY EMISSION COMMAND (TSG 004) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
BLOCK DIAGRAM (GANTRY) No. 7
GANTRY POWER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION (TSG 016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
TELESCOPIC COLUMN UP/DOWN COMMAND (TSG 008) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
COMPRESSION (TSG 010) (TSG 016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
GRID MOVEMENT COMMAND (TSG 014) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
COLLIMATOR DRIVE MOTOR AND LIGHT CENTERING MAG
(TSG 011) (TSG 009) (TSG 016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
FILTER SELECTION AND TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION
(TSG 012) (TSG 007) (TSG 016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
INTER ARM LOCK COMMAND (TSG 015) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
ARM ROTATION BRAKE COMMAND (TSG 013) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
STEREOTIX II/DMR INTERCONNECTION AND PDD/DATA FLASH INTERFACE
(TSG 016) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
6i
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
6ii
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
RT3 600V
P.S.
RT4
(+12V)
RT1
(+12V)
0c RT2
110c
(1V MEAS = 200V)

TP 82/85
See BD2, C5
* Nextto TP34
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
SEE 9/21
Function: GENERATOR POWERUP SEQUENCE

BR1
TB1
SEE 9/21
0c AUTOTRANSFORMER
9 KV
TH1
120c
61
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
62
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
(on chassis)
78
1920
FLOATING
POWER SUPPLY R56
P250V
GROUNDED (on chassis)
0V/250V
SEE: BD1, A5
See BD1
SEE BD6, B3
* is located next to TP34

*
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Function: GENERATOR POWER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION
LED DS1 (TEST OK) MUST BE LIT
63
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
64
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
ON CHASSIS
BEHIND 300PL1
40_ C
THERMAL
S1 SWITCH
F2 (35A) FAN
PH1
HVPM_REF
DAC
F1 (35A)
N/PH2
HVPM/
FAN IPM_MEASURE
CONTACTOR K1
X2
RADIOGRAHY
COMMUMPREPAGRAPHY
PREPA BUTTON
GRAPHY BUTTON
55_ C
S1
SEE BD5, C3
PT3 SERIG
SEE BD4, A4
SEE: BD6, B5
SEE: BD6, B6
REQUEST BD5, C3
E2
Q4
TSG02
DRIVER
HVPM CONVERTER HVPM_REF
G1
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
HVPM SEE BD3, A5
B5, Q5, Q6
+15ISO
SCREEN +5ISO VR1
LIGHT G2
0VISO VCC
HVPM/IPM8MEASURE CONVERTER
0VISO SEE BD3, A5 15ISO Function: FIRST TRIGGER AND SECOND TRIGGER (TSG 019) + AEC (TSG02)
IPM CURRENT TO FREQUENCY
B2, B3 CONVERSION BLOCK DIAGRAM (GENERATOR) N0. 3
OFF SET
65
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
66
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
250V/DC
P.S.
ICH OVER
CURRENT :
DS3
: GRID
FILAMENT
HEATING
BIAS INVERTER
SEE BD6, B4
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Function: X RAY TUBE BIAS AND FILAMENT HEATING (TSG 006) (TSG 003)
67
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
68
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
THRESHOLD
+
MEASURE
SEE BD2, A6
CLK
CLR
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Function: ANODE STARTER (TGS 005)
69
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
610
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
B5/B6 B1
B17
MEASURE
B17
B18
B17
B16
(COAXIAL)
SEE BD3, C4
(600VE)
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Function: X RAY EMISSION COMMAND (TSG 004)
(0V/600VE)
611
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
612
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
+15 V
B4
B8
SEE BD 2
U3
U4 TP21
U99
U32
DS23
U5 U2 Q5
U9 U109
U94
U18 Q3
U1
CR116 U100
TP28
TP1 U9
TP22
27 V CL
L2 TP15 GREEN
L5
U17
DS3
TP16
DS4
+5 V FLUO
8
XJ6
XJ1
DS22 +27 V INT 16.5 V

U1 Q2
1
XJ14A DS4
+24 V
Q1
FAN
XJ1C
DS3
XJ1
DS16 XJ14B
DS18
1 +27 V EXT F1
U4 Q2
XJ9B
3 +276 VINT
U3
DS3
+15 V1
XJ3A
XJ2
Q4
+15 V2
Q1
DS21 TP!
VCC +5 V
DS20 Q3
DS19 DS1 DS5 DS4
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
STEREOTIX II SEE BD 15
DS15
DS17
DS24
Function: GANTRY POWER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION (TSG 016)
613
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
614
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
TP15
R271
U35
U32
U35
Q4
+16.5 V Q2 TP1
U1
U57
2 2
1 1
LOGIC
3 3 TREATMENT
SEE B.D. 7 U57
U63
U32
XJ3B
27 V EXT R155
+15 V1 Q4 U3 U44
5 TP14 (DATARC)
U63 OR Q2
U1 C24
U2
U1
U13 U6 U31
U12
U15
U78
SEE B.D. 7
FOOTSWITCH TP1
U34
U108 U92
TP6
17
U108 U92
U109
U24
3 1
XJ2A
63
XJ9
U73 U47
XJ7
DS13 XJ12
U14
R80 4W XJ4
XJ3
R81
TP14
ICOLUMN
U69
Q51 Q41
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
U68
TP108
U69 Q47
TP2
Function: TELESCOPIC COLUMN UP/DOWN COMMAND (TSG 008)
Q35
Q2
U68
DS6
CR39
LOOP OK
615
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
616
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XJ1 XJ4
PADDLEPOSPH1+
U41 U48
PADDLEPOSPH1
U7 PADDLEPOSPH2+
PADDLEPOSPH2 U45
DATARC+ TP14
U63
U51
DATARC U62
U6 PADDLEPOSREF+ U31
PADDLEPOSREF
DS6 +15 V2 U9
OPTO OK
XJ2 XJ5
11
12 U31
U7 13
LOGIC
14 U41
CICUITRY
U24
19
TP8
U6
20 U41
TP6
LOGIC
CICUITRY
U35 U93
U70
COMPMVTVALID
VALIDCOMP U78
U70
TP7
TP18
U28
U66
U19
U186 TP16 TP1 U187

U198
13 15 14 24 22 27 25 23
XJ9
13 15 1424 22
TP32
+VCC
U25
U13
DS6
Q2
CR9
LOOP OK
CR9
TP39
REFCOMP1
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
TP30
REFCOMP2
TP31
CMDCOMP1
U7
Function: COMPRESSION (TSG 010) (TSG 016)
TP33
CMDCOMP2
U16
617
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
618
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
9
XJ1
XJ9B
XJ1
Breast Holder = Cassette Holder
XJ1
XJ1
BREAST-DETECTION U10
4 4
BREASTHOLDERDETECTION
DATA_RC+ 3 CASSETTEPRESENCE
2 2 DATA_RC
2 U2
U13 U6 DATA_RC U31 FORMAT
PRESENCE U15 4 U62
CASSETTE
1 2 BUCKYPRESENCE
3 FORMAT 8 U10
1
FUSE
+27 V 3 U10
BUCKY DETECTION
GRID_STOP+ 7 GRID END STOP
Q1 U10 U29 U62
7
DS2 U16 U31
20V Q5 GRID_STOP 8
+5 V V REF
Q4
U43 U43
TP11
OPTO-COUPLER
FORK
DS2 is lit when flag is
inside the fork U188 U92
4/21
U84
POWERGRIDOK
0V U94
31
XJ2A
XJ3A
+27 VINT U3
XJ2A
U2 +27 V PROTECT F1 U4
1 1 F11 +27 V
U9 DS7
3 3 (0 V) NPOWTRAME
U14
U86 CR82 CR83
1/26
U75 U75
CR87 U90
VCC
U93
U75
DS6
U75
GRID
POSITION
HALL EFFECT
CAPTOR
U1 5 7 7
Q2 Q3 B42
6 8 8
DS1
XJ2
GREEN
6 6 R162 Q18
5 5
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
XJ2B
Function: GRID MOVEMENT COMMAND (TSG 014)

619
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
620
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
5 DATARC+
U2
TP14
U6 6 DATARC U31 SEE BD7
U13 U63 U51
DATARC
XJ4
U15
+15 V1
LAT 1DIAPHPOSREF
U93
U108 U92
U189
U92
U2 TP15
LATERAL 1
COLLIMATOR
XJ12
XJ7 STAND BY FRONT DIAGH
SEE BD7
XJ10 16.5 V
R6
Q3
XJ11
50
52
61
21
54
37
56
30
32
35
34
36
33
39
38
Q2
XJ1C
XJ1
U1
XJ16
B25 20
DS2 B13 19
GREEN XJ1C B15
U43 22
B23 21
B25
B29
B15 LAT1DIAPHPHASE1 24
B14 LAT1DIAPHPHASE1 + 23
D6 D56 B15
U11 LAT1DIAPHPHASE2 26
B24 LAT1DIAPHPHASE2 + 25
B15
TP58 C64
U91 B30
POWER
STAGE DRIVER B9 28
B76 27
B19
U55 30
B75
R98
R97
29
4W B9
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
NOTE: For DMR+, plugs XJ1A, XJ1B,
B77 XJ17, and XJ18 are not used.
NOTE: DIAPHL2 is wired for future use. These plugs are provided for backward
R297 compatibility with DMR V1/V2
U93 CR31
+VCC
FROM
Q2
DS6
LOOP OK Function: COLLIMATOR DRIVE MOTOR & LIGHT CENTERING MAG (TSG 009, 011, 016)
COLLIMATOR
621
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
622
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
PRESSOSTAT
U70
75 C
U57 U68
HOUSING U84
U2
U77 U76
TP15 U107 U91 U90

FILTER
DS4
FRONT
DIAPH. U1 40
XJ1C
XJ14
XJ16
CR64
U60 U78 8
DS4
12
U58 11
U72
2 1 Q32
XJ1C
CR69
U67 Q24 +27 VPAP

16
CR72
XJ14 U70 15
CR81 CR76
U74
TP1 18
U73
0V 17
U83 U85
NOTE: XJ1A is not used with DMR+

It is provided for backward compatibility
with DMR V1/V2
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
15 F XJ14 8 OF XJ14
17 OF XJ14 11 OF XJ14
ANGL. BY
Function: FILTER SELECTION & TUBE HOUSING ANGULATION (TSG 007) (TSG 012) (TSG 016)
623
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
624
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XJ3A
+15 V1 Q4 U3
XJ4
U8 TP14 20/21
U8 3 DATA_RC+
U62
U15 U6 U31
U64 U52
U8 4 DATA_RC DATA_RC
U8
U46
+16.5 V +27 VINT

Q2
7
XJ3
U1
4 U57
R155
3 U57
OR Q2 U58
C24
XJ1C U44
U58
TP2
+27 VEXT TP1 (0 V)
U108 U92
DS6 57 U109
LOOP OK
U94
DS6
+15 V
U189
U9 U94
Q8 DS11
U14
FUSE-LOCK U21
U28 U35
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
CR119
Q9 TP2
Function: INTER ARM LOCK COMMAND (TSG 015)

625
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
626
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
XJ11
+15 V2
ANGLE DS5
POTENTIOMETER 2
XJ1
XJ4
3 CONV. 21 FREQ.-ANGULATION+
A/F TP9
U6 FREQ.-ANGULATION
4 22 FREQ.-ANGULATION U41
TP14
U63
+15 V1 +27 VINT

Q4
DS4
U3
U1 3 DATA_RC+ 3
DATA-RC R155
U31
U12
4 DATA_RC 4
OR Q2
U68
U44 C24
3 1
XJ3A U58
4 2
0V
TP1
U188 U92
U19
53
XJ2A
+27 V EXT
U9 U189
+27 V U94
62
DS6 LOOP OK
DS10 MUST BE ON WHEN
POWER IS INACTIVE
DS10
U47 U14
CR51
CR119 U51 U35 POWER

STAGE Q17
DRIVER
NETATROT
Q18
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Function: ARM ROTATION BRAKE COMMAND (TSG 013)
627
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
628
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
U184 U35
U19
19/21
XJ9
9 10 11 XJ2 P2
9 10 11 DATAFLASH
B
U53 RXPC 2
TXPC 3
CND 6
SEE 24/26
DS23
1
2
CROUND WIRE
TB1
NOTE: DMR ASSOCIATED WITH SENOVISION

DOES NOT USE THIS TYPE OF STEREOTIX
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
Function: STEREOTIX II/DMR INTERCONNECTION & PDD/DATA FLASH INTERFACE
(TSG 016)
629
REV 1 asm 2252561-100
Blank page.
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
630
Senographe DMR +
2252561-100 Revision 1
Senographe DMR +
2252561-100 Revision 1
Technical
Publications
2252561-100
Revision 1
Senographe DMR +
asm
do not duplicate
CopyrightE 1999, 2000 by General Electric Co.

Manual Service DMR Sonographe Ge PDF

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Manual Service DMR Sonographe Ge PDF

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Technical

Advanced Service Documentation

CopyrightE 1999, 2000 by General Electric Co.

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

CHAPTER 2 MAMMOCOM COMMUNICATION SOFTWARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT.)

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

CHAPTER 4 ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

CHAPTER 5 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

CHAPTER 6 BLOCK DIAGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6I

D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.

D DIESES KUNDENDIENSTHANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN

D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SLO EXISTE EN INGLS.

D ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA S SE ENCONTRA

D IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE

REV DATE REASON FOR CHANGE

0 September 2, 1999 Initial release for DMR+.

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PAGE REVISION PAGE REVISION PAGE REVISION

NUMBER FORMAT REVISION

Diagnostic assistance is provided by many maintenance tests, accessible from a service

A set of job cards giving instructions for module disassembly/reassembly is provided in

A set of Troubleshooting Guides (TSG) is provided in Chapter 5. These give recommended

22 Problems generating error messages

221 Function of self-test

222 Screen facilities

23 CPU board and interface problems

 !! ! !

     !

7+ *9- %$  291 7+ *9- %$  293

7+ *9- %$  285

7+ *9- %$ 

4) (6+ $#  7003

4) (6+ $#  7011 6021 ;*1,84+,-(91854708043

CHAPTER 2 MAMMOCOM COMMUNICATION SOFTWARE

CAUTION The content of the MAMMOCOM floppy disk is classified as PROPRIETARY.

21 Floppy Disk Contents

Note: For the example the environment used is under MSDOS.

GEMS INSTALL MONTH DAY, YEAR

Enter : Select CtrlE : Exit z !

9. Select MAMMOCOM, enter cd MAMMOCOM (C:\ > cd MAMMOCOM)

41 Menu Screen Structure

The screen is composed of three fields:

Copyright GEMS :Seno Service Terminal Software

Enter : Select CtrlE : Exit AltH : Help "#

Note: TAV = Service Terminal (French: Terminal AprsVente).

With the arrow keys select File transmission then <ENTER>.

Enter : Select ALTM : Prev menu < >

TERMINAL CHANGE FILE SAVE DOS CLEAR

FILE FILE DIRECTORY SUFFIX

EDIT ASCII CODED EDIT

DIRECTORY SUFFIX SAVE DIRECTORY SUFFIX SAVE

EDIT EDIT EDIT EDIT

BAUD COM PARTY LENGTH STOP SAVE

61 Accessing the Function

Copyright GEMS :Seno Service Terminal Software

Enter : Select CtrlE : Exit AltH : Help "#

CTRLD : Disconnect F 10 : Connect AltM : Main menu

!! ! !

!

7+ 9- %$ 291 7+ 9- %$ 293

7+ *9- %$ 285

7+ *9- %$

4) (6+ $# 7003

4) (6+ $# 7011 6021 ;*1,84+,-(91854708043